COLLECTION OF WILLIAM SCHAUS © PRESENTED TO THE NATIONAL MUSEUM MCMV y 15 NE Hie PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY UE LON DON. 1917, pp. 1-215, WITH 6 PLATES and 82 TExtr-FIGURES. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO,, PATERNOSTER ROW. \ >: 4g perarary geet ey RATIONAL ® Les 2 OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Loni. Patron. His Masesry Tue Kina. COUNCIL. His Grace Tar Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President. ‘Tart Hon. Cecrt Barina, M.A. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A. ALFRED H. Cocks, Esq., M.A. Lr.-Cot. S. Monckton Copsr- » MAN, M.D? F.RS. CHARLES DrumMmonp, Ksq., Treasurer. ALFRED Ezra, Esq. Capt. Hueu 8. GLADSYONE, M.A. THE Viscounr Harcourt, P.C. SIDNEY Freperic HArMER, KsqQ., M.A., Sc.D FRLSs President. WitiiAM Huntsman, Esq. Sir EpmMunp Gites Lover, Br., Vice-President. Con. Sir A. Henry McManoy, | GCM.GAf.8.1. Vice- | PRINCIPAL P. Cuatmers Mircuett, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.RBS., Secretary. EK. G. B. Mrapg-Watpo, Ksq., Vice-President. P. CHAuMers MircHe.y, Ksq., M.A., D.Se., LL.D., Feiss, Secretary. THE EARL oF Vice-President. THEt Marguts oF Stico, F.S.A. OLDFIELD ‘THomas, Ksq., AuBYN Trevor-Batrye, Esq., M.A. ArrsurR Smita Woopwarp, Esq@., “LED. F.RoS Vee President. ; Henry Woopwarbd, Ksq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. PoRTSsMOUTH, OFFICERS. R. I. Pococx, F.R.8., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and Resident Superintendent of the Gardens. D. Sera-Smrru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works. Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencErR, Curator of Reptiles. Prof, H. Maxweut Lerroy, Curator of Insects. Mrs. Peavor, Acting Librarian and Clerk of Publications. JouHN Barrow, Accountant. W. H. Conn, Chief Clerk. LIST OF. CONTENTS. 1917, pp. 1-215. EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months of November and Wecenn er cal ONO cemaionsas «rele can dae resists Seu e. See aes Mr. E. Gerrard. Exhibition on behalf of Mr. Crabb of a mounted specimen of a hybrid between a male brush and, a temale Blackbird wrx. ....:...c0ccecseetes ss The Srcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January, 1917 ...... Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the trachea from a male Anseranus semipalmata... Mr. C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator of Insects. Notes from the Caird Insect House ............. LeAnne eee Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Lantern-exhibition of the work of the Beavers in the mociety s Gardens, ~(Vext-figure 1.)) fo....cc.2.cc... ec 0% The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February, 1917 ...... Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East biel Earl yd A ie oe reer egg orien nD ong nc Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the “* Death-Watch ” Beetle (Anobsum tesselatwnv) i ee Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S. Exhibition of an auto- graph of Captain Bligh of ‘ The Bounty’ ......2.......: Page 96 160 209 209 209 210 iv Mr. C. Tarr Reaan, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon (Serrasalmo pirayd) .. ..sccceccereeas Mr. Atrrep Ezra, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides of Big-Game Shooting im Ind tai ...6.... 6.0000. -s 0+ ee eee The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March, 1917 ......... Mr. C. Davies Suerporn, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the piece of hairy Skin of a Gorilla, sent to Richard Owen ...... Mr. D. Seru-Smira, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant any oh 0 Mee ° Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck... evoereer eo eee oer eee eo oeeeese Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various species Of Ducks ....7 2027 .quss say agen eee eee Mr. EK. HWeron-Auwen, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S. Remarks ‘on the Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides weunreseceeerereecee The Secretary. Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry Peavot ereer rere sees eee e ree ee osee tree are eeseosreacseeeeeseseeseseeeosere Dr. P CHaumers MircueE.y, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Secretary to, the Society. Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape Lourie eceovoer are eee eee oes ees oe ee ee oee eee eee eee Prof. J. P. Hitt, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of photograph and remarks upon a Gynandromorphic specimen of the Karwig eoeerecreeose oe ecco es oes ors oee oe eee eeoreeesosesees ore ees Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S. Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man oeecuanveeeseeareereaeeens Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.S. Exhibition and diagrams of models of the teeth of fossil horses e@aneseeneeeeceeee ees eee Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.8. Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Moths, Cocoons, and Silk eCeoeocee oe eee tooeee eZee oversee oF OFF HHO HH AEE HOE Page 210 210 211 211 211 -211 211 212 212 212 213 213 213 Vv The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April .................. Dr. P. Cuatmers Mitcuetyi, F-R.S. Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals in the presence of living Serpents............ Mr. D. Seru-Smuiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Lantern- exhibition of Birds now or recently living in the Poclety’s Gardens. .....55.... Be er rSesstile Seem nie theien Wiasati Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibi- tion, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa...... Mr. R. E. Howupine. Exhibition and Remarks on a WII Tepe Ulnt ss magarenesinaceinnsctaten Males ocorveuns vv ee ques eds oe Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............ Mr. D. Sersu-Smiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Account of the Poultry Exhibition now being held in the BS DCT MyM T UE MOMS: 5 ,kiers eh onat 6c hsian do aiplv dd rleren.nerall jeu dies PAPERS. ae 1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum specimen of Archeopteryx. By BRANISLAV Perronievics, Ph.D., and ArtHuR SmirH Woop- wan i) Koes, VP As, (Plate 1.) icc... 2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By ARTHUR DE CMRUP ES OWERBN, Br LIISG cet sa o.tucddtaeiuiscehssaicesentouens 3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. PurmMer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society . 214 214 val 4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Palemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapaixe, M.A., E.Z.S., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College. “(Text-figures) 1 [oll s..c2aii5. .24-+ 000m 5. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., D.8c., F-R.S., F.Z.8:. (Text-figures 1-5.)...... 6.—1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cisside found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhyn- chus Mlliger. By C. J.C. Poon, Assistant Curator Caird’ Insect” Hious¢ <..22......s20--0:+. canta eee eee 7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimera collie. By Epwarp PuHeEtps ALLIs, Jun., E.Z:S. (Plates 1.AIV).).. 2.0502: cee eee 8, On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates I. & IT.) 9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S. R. Doveuas, M.R.C.S., L R.C.P.Lond., Capt. I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.8., lst Assistant Bacteriological Depart- ment, Medical Research Committee, National In- surance Act! icsuptatichis ss ccaaen cope ceetee ee eee ee 10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Watson, M.Sc., F.Z.S., - Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University College, London. (Vext-fleures 1 & 2:) -. ae 11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia johnstom Sclater). By R. H. Burne, M.A., F.ZS. (Text-figures 1-232) 25.2. erst ces ee Naat ce eee ee Alphabetical List of Contributors eco noeseeereeoseeeeese ee ore ose eeeeee Index eevee eoeoeres ee eres eer eoeoeees ees eee FP HSE HHEHHEHH HOHE H SEH HEHEHE EO HE OF OLEH H ETE HES Page 37 73 83 105 145 159 167 187 SERHABE LCA LISt OF THK CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. (1916, pp. 1-215.) Page AuLEN, E. Heron-. See HERoN-ALLEN, KH. Auiis, Epwarp PuHe ps, Jun., F.Z.S. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimeera@ collier. (Plates IolL1.). 2...0cc..cceeescecesceoeees 105 Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. (Text-figures 1—-5.)............ 73 Borrapaie, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Palemonid Prawns. (Text-figures 1-51.) ......... 30 Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8. On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. Peeler ecm re MBE eee ete et as cnr esaesevhec ends Chi costed ees 145 Vill Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia johnstoni Sclater. (Text-figures 1-23.) .............ccceeeee 187 Doveras, 8.R., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.S. An experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland ............... 159 Ezra, ALFRED, F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition illustrating Big-Game Shooting in Tndta, 9.255. Bee chess a eedsstes eS ee 2V0 GAHAN, C. J. Exhibition of a living example of the ‘“ Death-Watch ” Beetle Wi. caw nen penn lot teen once eee eet oe ee en 209 GERRARD, EpwARrp. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, of a mounted specimen of a hybrid between a male Thrush and a female? Black omd ai, bicvack atin 's)..teigseb ethene rae 95 Hrron- Aen, E., F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S. Remarks on the Mussel-Fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides ......... 212 Mini, Prof. J. P., D.Se., ER.2 CZs. Exhibition of photograph and remarks upon a Gynan- dromorphic, specimen of the Harwig .:....0.... .....teas- 213 Ho.pine, R. E. Exhibition and remarks on a Cirriped................000- 215 Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............ 215 1K Lerroy, H. Maxwett, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk Industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Norns. Cocoonss ad: Silks.) ci5sssee te ocd a iaav enticed evs ceeets MircHewi, P. Caatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie ‘during the months of November and December, 1916 ... Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie dtnine theamonth-of January, 1917 ....00)...casccsscseecseosh Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie Gucincsthe month of Mebruary, LOL( ........¢.20.8 avis: ot Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie Gunine the month of March* 1917 coc... .isecccsccecsesoaced Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry Peavot Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape IONIC Ce ee os ko as une hllee bale vavonewaebaewwwe ts Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie donne the month of Aprils loll sii.scicerse cst sectensss cece Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals im the presence of living Serpents .../.......cc.ssseneeeeseds PrtTroniEvics, Branisitav, Ph.D., and Woopwarp, ARTHUR Sei. (lb Dy HRS. -V.P:Z.S. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Archwopteryx. (Plate I.)............ PurMer, H. G., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society. Report on the deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- arasiues ound, during the Year's .)2.5 0). ...e.cceeeneseseed ess Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917. b Page 213 95 96 209 Aah 212 212 213 214 x Page Pocock, Reernaup I., F.-R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator’ of Mammals. Work of the Beavers in the Society’s Gardens. (Text- fioure U.) vis .c.30Seeh eae eenercea cei eee ce oe eee 08 Exhibition of a young Lion Cub, and of a Galago from German’ Hast Africa 22s. iscsi eee ee ee 209 Exbibition, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa ...... 214 Poors, C. J. C., Assistant Curator Caird Insect House. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissidee found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species ’...............eseeeeees 83 A new Species of the Coleopteran Genus Cryptorrhyn- Chas MN ers cee uate steams anasto ee eee REA SEE G4 93 Notes from the Caird Insect House........ ee a ci. 96 Rea@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon ............... 211 Sera-Sairu, D., F Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the trachea of a male Anseranius SCI PANIMGLG so 9) 5. sr erage each nc ee eaes ace nen ene 96 Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant ............... 211 Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck... 211 Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various species "Ola uckis.. ecg hone SS sins Geese exer oee seamen 214 Lantern-exhibition of Birds now or recently living in ‘the Society s' Gardens 205.25.) saeaeeeh eset ne wea 214 Account of the Poultry Exhibition now being held in the Society’s Gardens .............0+5 Pane ain ae gee A 5 215 Page SHERBORN, C, Davigs, F.Z.S8. Exhibition of an Autograph of Captain Bligh of ‘The Bounty, ene MANE ets os Perera e en haalts eahan eats 210 Exhibition of the piece of hairy skin of a Gorilla, sent OMMOMATORO WET Wo 24aiscccswas beste saves ye bdentes deeeanscnaees’ 211 SowErBY, ARTHUR DE CaRLE, F.Z.S. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai .................. 7 Watson, D. M.8., M.Sce., F.Z.S. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Nerteprates:, (Rext-fguros' ] dy 2.) ve... cecssececeesuessormaes 167 Exhibition of models of the Teeth of Fossil Horses .... 213 Woopwarp, ArTHUR SmirH, F.R.S. See Perronievics, BRANISLAV. Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Iya Oo ee Ee oe ee sie di = P.Z.S. 1917. PETRONIEVICS & WOODWARD, PL. I. ARCHAOPTERYX. PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF TIIB ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PAPERS. 1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Archwopterys. By BRANISLAV PeTrontievics, Ph.D., and ArtHur Smira Woopwarp, iD. ERS... V.P.Z.S. [Received and Read November 21, 1916.] (Plate I. *) INDEX. Page MCC Gal aleAU Cis 015 ae tlhe icess aueners tease sabrina, 2 REV ACM ACIP ete nuk Penta te. has cndow ks cies Me ciate Sets ose e8S oD Bibliography 6 Introductory. Some further preparation of the British Museum specimen of Archeopteryx recently done by Mr. F. O. Barlow, under the direction of myself and Dr. Woodward, has resulted in the com- plete uncovering of the right coracoid bone and the discovery of the pubes. The work was undertaken at my request after I had convinced myself, by a prolonged study of this specimen in connection with Dames’ two memoirs on the Berlin Archeopteryx, that the bones in question must exist buried in the limestone matrix. On the results I have prepared an exhaustive paper, which I hope to publish later; but the following preliminary * For explanation of the Plate see p. 6. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. I. 1 2 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE notice, written by Dr. Woodward, who has made use of our joint observations, gives a general account of the important additions to our knowledge of the pectoral and _ pelvic arches of this primitive Jurassic bird which are now made possible. Some differences of opinion between us are indicated in footnotes. I have to thank Dr. Woodward and also Dr. C. W. Andrews for the valuable help and advice they have given to me.—B. P. Pectoral Arch. The right scapula and coracoid are completely exposed on their outer face (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1@) and apparently almost uninjured. They meet in a very wide angle and are fused together, though their limits are marked by a line across the glenoid cavity and a notch at its outer edge. The scapula (sc.), which has already been’ described by Owen (1863) and Dames (1884), is typically avian and about twicé as long as the coracoid. Its distal end is slightly expanded, as in Casuarvus ; while its proximal end bears a well-developed acromial process (a), from which a very thin lamina of bone, with roughened surface, extends to the coracoid, forming the floor of a hollow (f.) in which the furcula evidently articulated. _ The coracoid (co.) is a quadrilateral plate of bone longer than ‘wide, and not much narrowed at the upper or humeral end, where it is somewhat thickened. The bone is bent at an obtuse angle along a hne extending obliquely from the outer end of the ‘humeral border to the inner end of the sternal border, so that the infero-external half must have been almost in the same plane as the expansion of the sternum, while the sapero-internal half faces inwards. The wide upper portion of this internal half is pierced near’ the middle by the usual coracoid foramen. The thickened upper or humeral border bears two eminences, a larger adjacent to the margin of the glenoid cavity and a smaller at the outer angle of the bone, where it extends a little down the outer border (fig. la). Below this eminence the outer border is thin and slightly excavated, meeting the equally thin but straight lower (or sternal) harden in an obtuse angle. The inner border, which meets the lower border in a right angle, appears to be still thinner and forms a somewhat jagged edge in which two indents -are probably natural*. The upper and larger of these, which is semicircular, occurs at the upper end; the smaller indent - further down is bounded below by a slight prominence yt. The * T consider that the upper indent is certainly natural.—B. P. + I think I can distinguish a faint line extending from the hollow between the upper eminences to the middle of the lower indent of the inner border. This may ' perhaps mark the division between the precoracoid and the true coracoid—in which case the glenoid eminence would be on the former, the second eminence on the latter. The eminence on the coracoid would thus be homologous with the spina coracoidea of the Ratites and the acrocoracoid of the Carinates, while the intervening hollow would correspond with the fossa supracoracoidea of the Ratites (cf. M. Fiirbringer, ‘Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel,’ vol. i. (1888) pp. 36, 39, 40).—B. P. PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX. 3 irregularities | in the rest of the Morden are probably due to imperfections i in the fossil. As remarked by Huxley (1868), the furcula (PI. 1. He. 2) is exposed from its ventral face. The new preparation ‘of the specimen has only defined more clearly the shape of the upper articular end on the left side * TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS. Scapura: mm. Greatest length to.apex of acromion ..................020000008 46 Greatest breadth of distal end) s.0......acl.etsc veces eseaess, 6 = MnOmtMm allen aes .a57; ssuasnes. otees setae ook Simallest Mreadth:. s..8c2.ccu eee re Greatest diameter of scapular fart a ileaoid ara Be Rinse 5 CORACOID: Greatest length from prominence above glenoid fossa to ITLOHO- Mater NA ANC... ce syis. yet dese tosses eseeegeoGe Rageoy 29 Breadth at upper (haenetall) Bouin Ea AE aes ait ye Breadth at middle.. BOER, Berio ae EO ae cracls AL ' Breadth at lower aberualh homers pron beter poe ele Greatest diameter of coracoidal part of alenoid Pisce picthe’ 3 FURCULA: PEM SHON OL Nena ieatecnstoaiesav cs lem ev.se@eaungevecreclere med ind! 2 MGeMMC SU WIC malin tein caht sens testestamcassuatena sceessacconasss OUND 2 KGnreaucetenTedativOr DONE! oi). hs ecacesmecudscecens ch tcesetcavesss ° @ Inner angle of furcula about 90°. It would be interesting to compare the pectoral arch of Archeopteryx, as now made known, with the corresponding parts in the second specimen in Berlin; but, unfortunately, according to the description by Dames (1897), the several bones in the latter fossil are so imperfect, crushed, and obscured that no satisfactory comparison is possible. It must suffice to note that, although Archeopteryx was obviously a bird of flight, its scapulo- coracoid is more closely similar to that of certain Mesozoic reptiles than that of any other known bird, and the nearest approach in shape to its coracoid is found in the existing Ratites and the Cretaceous Hesperornis. In the fusion of the scapula with the eoracoid and the very wide angle at which these bones meet, it agrees only with the ratite birds and the reptiles. Pelvic Arch. In the pelvie arch (Pl. I. fig. 3) the right ilinm (é.) and ischium (és.) are exposed on their outer face, while the two ae (pu.) are displaced and seen from above. The bones were * A small prominence on the stone below the middle of the furcula may perl; ips mark the anterior end of the sternum (BIOA. fiet 2.5.) B, P. + [ venture, however, to make the comparison, ‘notwithstanding naperfeetions In the Berlin specimen.—B. P. 1 4 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE evidently all separate, and the illum must have been only loosely articulated with the sacrum, which is proved to be absent by an exploratory excavation made in the stone beneath the pelvis. The relatively large preacetabular portion of the ilium (/.) is elliptically rounded in front, and the hinder half of its lower border is gently excavated where it forms the sharp outer edge of the concave anterior face of the large deep pedicle for the articulation of the pubis. The middle of the outer face of the bone is, deeply concave, while its lower margin is convex. The acetabulum is deeper than wide and, though perforate, is partly closed by a thin marginal lamina of bone, which is preserved at its anterior border. Above the acetabulum the ilium 1s slightly convex, but bears no trace of an anti-trochanter. The post- acetabular portion of the bone is a relatively small narrow exten- sion, slightly arched and tapering to its hinder end, which is imperfect in the fossil. Its outer face is gently concave. The posterior pedicle is also small, and obliquely truncated for the articulation of the ischium. The ischium (2s.) appears to be in its natural position, but is distinctly separated by suture from the ilium. It is expanded proximally, though slender behind, and bends inwards at its distal end, where it bifurcates into two sharply separated pro- cesses. The upper of these processes is the longer and curves upwards; the lower and shorter process is nearly straight. The anterior border of the proximal expansion is slightly excavated to form about half of the posterior rim of the acetabulum. Above and below this there is a short articular surface for the ilium and the pubis respectively. Shortly behind the former articulation the upper border rises into a quadrangular process ; and there isa second but less elevated process of nearly the same shape further back. The anterior portion of the lower border is strongly convex. The outer face of the proximal expansion of the bone is marked by an ovoid depression, at the bottom of which there is a foramen. The pubes (pu.) are long, slender, and nearly straight bones projecting backwards far beyond the ischia, where they meet with- out fusion in an extended symphysis. The proximal articular end, best preserved on the right side, is convex and ovoid, its long diameter being transverse. The slender shaft of the bone curves slightly upwards to this articular end, and in the bend there is a large foramen, well seen on the left side. The lower face being obscured, it 1s impossible to determine whether or no a pectineal process is present. As the bone approaches the hinder symphysis, it gradually widens in a hor izontal plane at its inner edge until its maximum width is reached at the beginning of the symphysis. The apposed pair of nearly horizontal lamine taper gradually backwards until they end in a slightly upturned point and are lost in an irregular mass of calcite («.) which probably represents original cartilage. PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH AOPTERYX, 5 TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS. ILium: mm. Greatest length (as preserved) ............... Parc OO) Lezgth from middle of aekerion aeetabalae bards to RCIBIOLE (NG AAA ee eee ei seen an enn orca Meier 23 Same measure to posterior end (as sa a, Berea ean LO Width of acetabulum ........... Pee ee eet O Greatest depth (at articulation for ane Mo mostGeeae LO IscHIUM: Greatest length .. tes Bee ener ener “76 Greatest breadth (at proce re Be ktoenmes te asain ce (iL () Weastubreadth (near middle): ) ..tii. csc esctsgntaeeeccccene 8 Pusis: Greatest length ............... pe he aaa meg, Length of median symphysis Sot fades expansion ......... 19 wleast-breadth (near proximal end) 2... .c0...0..ccseec-ceeees = 2 Greatest breadth of hinder expansion ..............0.c00008 A The pelvis of Archwopterya, as now described, can be more satisfactorily compared with that of the second specimen in Berlin than the pectoral arch to which reference has already been made. In the pelvic region, however, the Berlin specimen is Somewhat differently crushed, all three elements being exposed in direct side-view, with the femur in its natural position over- lying them and obscuring the proximal end of the ischium. The figure published by Dames, 1897 (copied in Pl. I. fig. 4), is, indeed, rather diagrammatic, and suggests imperfections in the state of preservation of parts of the bones, which must be taken into account. Small differences in shape between the ilium and ischium of the two specimens have already been noted both by Seeley (1881) and by Dames (1897), who include them among the marks of at least specific distinction which they recognise in the two skeletons. Still more striking differences now appear, at first sight, between the pubes; but 1t must be remembered that in the British Museum specimen these bones are seen from above, while in the Berlin specimen the right pubis alone is exposed in outer side-view. Making allowance for the imper- fection of the proximal ends in the latter case, the relative length of the ischium and pubis is approximately the same in the two fossils, and the terminal expansion in the Berlin specimen may well be the apparently cartilaginous mass («#.) of the British Museum specimen crushed from side to side. Essential differ- ences, therefore, are not yet demonstrated *. Among existing birds, the pubes meet in a symphysis only in * T am of opinion that future discoveries will result in demonstrating such differences. I do not think that a side-view of the pubes in the British Museum specimen would correspond with that shown in the Berlin specimen: I consider that the cartilaginous end of the British Museum specimen is not homologous with the bony expansion of the Berlin specimen ; and I conclude that there cannot have been any pubic symphysis in the latter. I therefore refer the so-called Archeopterys siemensi to a distinct genus Archeornis, which will be defined by differences in the pectoral arch as well as in the pelvis.—B. P. 6 ON THE PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX. one genus, the Ratite Struthio; and here there is no resemblance in shape’to the corresponding symphysis in Archwopteryx. The nearest approach to the form of the pubis in the fossil appears to occur in Colymbus, where the incurved distal end of the long slender bone expands inwardly into a delicate triangular lamina, but does not meet its fellow of the opposite side. While distinctly avian, therefore, the pelvis of Archwopteryx, like the pectoral arch, is more closely similar to that of certain reptiles than that of any other known bird; and the only exist- ing bird repeating its most characteristic feature, the symphysial union of the pubes, is a ratite. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1863. R. Owmn, “On the Archeopteryx of von Meyer, with a Description of the Fossil Remains of a Long-tailed Species, from the Lithographic Stone of Soienhofen.” Phil. Trans. 1863, pp. 33-47, pls. i.-iv. 1868. T. H. Huxury, “ Remarks upon bridannellianus. 1 ,, 18. $ rocherianus. i aed 7 Along Bay, Tonkin. 1), 33 copusianus. 1 20. A brossodianus. hens ales . achardianus. Lea 3) 22. 2 marcolinus. tL eae, Kechen, Tonkin. 23. 5 gendrelianus. 1 ee Keso, Tonkin. 24. a berthetianus. Ue Keso, Tonkin. OC. morianus | was unable to find in the collection. HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 21 A look at the map of China will show that the places where the above specimens were collected can be arranged in five areas, more or less distant and separated from one another, ranging from the coastal regions to the border of Thibet. These are :— (a) Chekiang Province. (6) Kuang-tung (Canton) Province. (c) Tonkin. (Zz) North-eastern Ssuchuan and South Shensi. (e) West Ssuchuan and Mcupin. Whether the last two are really separable is doubtful, for they consist of much the same sort of country, 2. e. high, precipitous, and well-forested mountains. In examining the skulls, however, I found that they could be divided up according to the above divisions. I first examined the large series of fine skulls from the Chen- kou-ting district of North-eastern Ssuchuan, close to the borders of Shensi and Hupei. They were all collected by M. Farges during the year 1894. I found it impossible to separate them one from the other, the whole series showing certain well-defined characteristics. Most noticeable of these was the uniformly great length of the horns, which sloped sharply back, were well curved, and were closely set, the tips having a tendency to point inward. Though the bases of the horns were annulated and there were the usual narrow longitudinal grooves, yet these were not very pronounced, and the horns had a smooth shiny appearance. Turning to the skins corresponding with these skulls, I was at first struck by the great variation in colour, but on a closer examination I found that this was due entirely to the quantity of under-wool present. Thus some pelts were of a grey-buff colour, which was due toa great abundance of under-wool, through which long coarse black hairs protruded, while other pelts were entirely black, having no under-wool at all, the hairs being coarse and short. There were all stages between these two extremes. It is obvious from this that the varying colours as described by Heude, and upon which he bases to a large extent his classifi- cation, are due entirely to seasonal changes, mid-winter specimens being light and mid-summer specimens dark. An examination of the manes, which were pretty well developed in all the specimens, showed that in nearly all of them white or cream hairs were present, in some greatly predominating over the black and chestnut hairs, in others scarcely noticeable on account of their scarcity. There seems to be little connection between the lightness or otherwise of the mane with the lightness of the coat generally, and I came to the conclusion, finally, that the white mane is a characteristic of age more than of season. At the same time it may be a characteristic which varies in individuals. However that may be, it seems pretty certain that the presence or absence of the white mane is not a specific characteristic. I also noticed that the rusty brown of the legs seemed a scmewhat ih) MR, A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON variable characteristic, disappearing almost altogether in the winter specimens, and being better developed in some summer specimens than in others. A comparison of the series of skulls from Moupin including the one from W.Ssuchuan, with the series from Chen-kou-ting at once revealed a ‘difference, permanent throughout the series (six specimens), in the horns. Those of the Moupin series were much more deeply ringed and longitudinally grooved, and at the same time were shorter and had a greater tendency to spread. The longest horn in the Moupin series measured 9/’ as compared with 103" in the Chen-kou-ting series. The widest spread occurred in the two specimens labelled cornutus from Moupin and West Ssuchuan. In other respects there were no really specific differences between the specimens of the two series. After my examination of this large series of skulls and skins, finding as [ did that the individuals were subject to considerable variation in the predominance of the white hairs of the mane over the chestnut and black hairs, and also that the rusty colour on the legs is more intense in summer and more inclined to grey- ness in the winter, I cannot agree with the late Mr. Lydekker’s opinion, expressed in his paper (P. Z. S. 1908, p. 942),.that there are two species of Serow, one dark-maned and the other light-maned, occupying the same localities in West China, but would adhere more to the opinion that there are two species, both with a tendency to have the white mane, one occupying Western and North-western Ssuchuan, the other a more easterly region, 1 & 2. CaPpRICORNIS MILNE-EDWARDSI David and C. VIDIANUS Heude. To the former I would give David's name of Capricornis milne- edwardsi, and to the latter Heude’s name of vidianus, as it 1s under phi name that the first description of the N.E. Ssuchuan and Shensi Serows occur (tome in. p. 154 of his Mémoires). 3. CAPRICORNIS ARGYROCHATES Heude. The name argyrochetes cannot be given to the Ssuchuan and West China Serows, as it belongs to the Chekiang Serow, which is certainly distinct from either of the above. The rusty brown of the legs, for instance, is distinctly lighter, while the miane is creamy brown, due to a greater prevalence of chestnut haus. It is interesting to note, however, that here again the presence of the light mane is not a permanent character, for a mounted head in the collection from Chao-hing (Shao-shing-fu, Chekiang) showed no trace of a hght mane. This specimen had horns like the Chen-kou-ting ones, but smaller and with a wider spread. The name argyrochotes seems to have been given to the Chekiang da in 1888 by Heude, the description appearing in tome 11. p. 228 of his Mém. cone. |’ Hist. de l’Emp. Chin. HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. yee 4, CAPRICORNIS COLLASINUS Heude. Heude’s species collasinus is represented in the collection by a fragment of a skull with one very long horn (9#"') attached, which bears a resemblance to those from Chen-kou-ting. Heude had the complete skull reconstructed im a drawing which he has reproduced on pl. xl. figs. 5-8 of tome iv. of his Mémoires. The geographical position of this Serow would almost preclude its being placed with the Chen-kou-ting specimens, and, as the horn differs markedly from those of the specimens from Tonkin, it would seem advisable to let the name remain till material for better comparison is forthcoming. ‘The description, if it may be called such, appears on p. 211, tome iv. of Mém. etc. 5. CAPRICORNIS ROCHERIANUS Heude. Finally, there remain the large series of skulls from Along Bay (Baie de Halong) and Keso in Tonkin to be dealt with. With the exception of the specimen labelled C. berthetianus from Keso, all the skulls in this series are decidedly smaller than those of the Ssuchuan series. They are also proportionately deeper, including the berthetianus specimen. The horns of all the skulls are smaller and shorter than any of the Ssuchuan or other Chinese skulls. Added to these skull and horn differences is the fact that the colour of the coat differs markedly from the other species, it being black, inclined to blue-black, with a distinctly brown face (more so than in the other species) and creamy-white legs. Besides this, there is an entire absence of any white or cream mane, so that the animal is certainly distinct from the other Chinese forms. Nevertheless, there 1s nothing in the series to justify Heude’s division of it into ten species. The name rocherianus is the first which has a description, and as there seems _to be no real difference between the others, it should be applied to the whole series. The skull labelled thus is typical of the others, and was collected as far back as 1887 by M. Rocher ™*. The rest of the names for the Tonkin specimens should be considered invalid. Thus, Heude’s twenty-four species and David’s one may be reduced to the following five :— 1. Capricornis argyrochetes Heude. The Province of Chekiang, 8.E. China. oie ss vidianus Heude. ‘The region of N.E. Ssuchuan and §. Shensi, Central China. Dh ce milne-edwardsi David. W.Ssuchuan, N.W. Ssuchuan and 8.W. Kansu, W. China. 4, ef collasinus Heude. Kuang-tung Province, ne Muka. by « rocherianus Heude. Tonkin, S.W. China. * Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de ’Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 225, pl. xxx. 24 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON Genus NEMORH EDUS *. There are some thirty-two (32) specimens of Goral in the collection, representing, according to Heude, seventeen (17) species as follows :— 1. Kemas cinereus. 2 specimens. Moupin. 2. a OG USCUS: 4 3 “A 3. » pinchonianus. specimen. W. Ssuchuan. 4. » wanthodeiros. 1 + 6 5. 4, fargesianus. 6 specimens. Chen-kou-ting. 6. » curvicornis. 2 5 on 55 iG » initialis. 3 aa a as 8. > todinus. 1 specimen. 5 > 9. » versicolor. 2 specimens. a; 3 10. 5 niger. 1 specimen. i ig ees ae lcanws. 2 specimens. Mountains of Yu-ho, Shensi. 12. » vidianus. 2 - ° S. Shensi, 8 “4s . and Si-ngan-fu. iby » tantozatianus. 1 specimen. N.W. Houpei (Hupei). 14. » henryanus. 1 5 Yi-chang (I-chang). 15% » aldrigeanus. 1 1 oh ” 16. » arnouxianus. 1 ie Ki-hsien, Chekiang. 17. 4° raddeanus: 1 55 Oussouri (Ussuri), Manchuria. The general areas from which the above specimens were obtained are separable in much the same way as those from which the Serows were collected, viz, :— (a) Chekiang Province, (b) Yichang, on the Yang-tze, Central Hupei. (c) N.E. Ssuchuan, 8. Shensi, and N,E, Hupei. (7) Moupin and W. Ssuchuan. (e) Manchuria (Northern and Western), Besides these areas, Gorals are also to be found in Chihli and North Shansi on the Mongolian frontier, in neither of which nor in Manchuria are Serows known to occur. It will be seen that by far the largest number (15) of the specimens in the collection come from Chen-kou-ting in N.E. Ssuchuan. A careful examination showed that they could not be separated one from the other—at least, on the evidence of their skulls. As regards the coloration, which, as with the Serows, seems to have been one of the chief points in Heude’s classi- fication, it must be noted that there is considerable seasonal variation in the pelts of Gorals. I could not get hold of the skins of Heude’s specimens, however, so am not in a position to say definitely whether he did or did not fall into the mistake of con- sidering seasonal differences as specific ones, but an examination of the skulls themselves and also his coloured plates, together with my own experience in the field regarding the extreme variability of Gorals’ pelts during the seasons, lead me to suspect that he did. * By Heude this genus was named Aemas. "Ne a HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 25 1. NEMORHADUS NIGER Heude * The skulls of the Chen-kou-ting series in their thin smallish horns and general shape and size agreed very closely with the specimens labelled griseus, of which there were four in the collection from Moupin (N. ‘E. Ssuchuan on the Thibetan border). The specimens from Shensi and N.W. Hupei also resembled the Chen-kou-ting specimens so closely that I should not hesitate to place them together. Whether these and the Chen-kou-ting specimens are separable from grisews 1s an open question, though I feel inclined to allow it on the grounds of their geographical distribution—adopting for them the name of niger as the first one of a Goral from this general district having a regular description annexed. It is worth noting that the specimens labelled vidianus, from Shensi, have unusually long horns, the longest measurement being 7'’, I have a single horn from the same district which measures 74” in length. The length of this horn is doubtless only a local variation, and certainly fails to justify the creation of a distinct species. 29, NEMORHEDUS GRISEUS Milne-Edwards. The two specimens from W. Ssuchuan, labelled pinchonianus and xanthodeiros respectively, were so like the skulls of grisews as to be indistinguishable, and, as they came from practically the same district, should, I think, be included in that species. 3. NEMORH2DUS CINEREUS Milne-Edwards. Very different were the two skulls representing cinereus from all the other skulls. They were heavier and larger with a wider forehead, while the horns were narrower and more closely set together. 4. NEMORHZDUS HENRYANUS Heude ft, The two specimens marked henryanus and aldrigeanus from Yi-chang closely resembled each other, but differed from the Ssuchuan species in being wider across the cheek-bones, with wider palate, and distinctly larger eye-sockets. It should be noticed that the N.W. Hupei specimen fanto- zatianus had a slightly wider palate than the Chen-kou-ting specimens, but it was only in this that it resembled those from Yi-chang. As the first description of the I-chang Goral appears under the name of henryanus, that name is the valid one. 5. NEMORHZDUS ARNOUXIANUS Heude ?%. The specimen from Chekiang, arnouxianus, is undoubtedly a distinct species, its habitat, which is separated by a wide stretch * Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 241, pl. xxxviii. fig. 12, and pl. xxxix. figs. 2-6. ug Mém. cone. ?Hist. Nat. de ?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 244, pl. xxxiv. t~ Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de l?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 239. 26 ON HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. of country (apparently uninhabited by Gorals) from the habitats of the other species, alone warranting this. A good description is given by Heude in tome 11. p. 239. 6. NEMORHZDUS RADDEANUS Heude®*. The Goral from the Ussuri is undoubtedly a valid species. The single skull in the collection, though of an immature specimen, was slightly larger than any of the other skulls. Specimens which I myself have collected in Manchuria (I-mien-po, N. Kiri) show a marked difference in colour from others collected by me in Chihli and North Shansi, which are undoubtedly referable to Milne- Kdwards’s caudatus. ‘The Manchurian specimens are larger and greyer than caudatus, and also have a long white tail instead of black as in caudatus. The median-dorsal line is broad, dark, and well-defined, having a tendency to continue down the face. 7. NEMoRHADUS CAUDATUS Milne-Edwards. That caudatus, of which the Sikawei Museum has no repre- sentative, is a good species needs no proof. It inhabits high Than regions which are cut off by wide intereouste spaces, uninhabited by any form of Goral, from the Shensi, Ssuchuan, and Hupei species. Thus, it may be claimed that there are the following seven valid species of Goral in China and Manchuria :— 1. Nemorhedus cinereus M.-Edw. Moupin. 2. i griseus M.-Edw. Moupin and W. Ssuchuan. 3. - niger Heude. N.E. Ssuchaun, 8. Shensi, : and N.W. Hupei. Ay eager a henryanus Heude. I-chang, Central Hupei. D. as arnouxianus Heude. Chekiang. 6. ne caudatus M.-Edw. N. Shansi and Chihli. kg vaddeanus Heude. Manchuria. %* Mém. conc. l’Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome 1. p. 240, pl. xxxv. ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, DiTf 3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- Parasites found during the Year. By H..G. PLimmer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society. Received and Read February 6, 1917. | INDEX. Page eit LOC We eter ecceastithes ada nnls 9 Gtoelute dawieasor eee, 27 WSOC EN eATOSIECS#: ceo ccc kN Goes iebos eens eee 3] INIOMOSa Meee ene ete sateen Cen Ramat 33 On January Ist, 1916, there were 690 mammals, 1989 birds, and 426 reptiles 1 ae Zoological Gardens: during the year 1916, 165 mammals, 545 birds, and 199 reptiles were admitted, pints A total for the year of 855 mammals, 2534 birds, and 625 reptiles. During 1916, 242 mammals, 594 birds, and 179 reptiles have died: that is, a percentage of 28: 3. 108 mammals: 23°4 for birds, and 28°6 for reptiles: the average percentages for the last five years being 27, 23°3, 31°2 respectively. Out of the total deaths for the year, 1019 in all, 269 occurred in animals which had been less than six months in the Gardens,. that is a little more than a fourth of the deaths. It has been found that after six months’ residence in the Gardens the death- vate of the animals falls rapidly ; so it is assumed that by this time the new arrivals have got used to their new environment, or have died from any diseases of a parasitic kind which they may have brought with them. Of these 269 animals 60 were mammals, 132 were birds, and 77 were reptiles; and, if these be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate per- centage will come out as 21:2 for mainmals, 18-1 for birds, and 16-3 for reptiles, the average percentages foe the last five years being 17-3, 15°6, 13°8 respectively. The fol Wane ing Tables show in outline the facts which have been ascertained. Table IT. summarizes the actual causes of death in the three groups specified. Amphibia are included under Reptiles. TaBLeE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death. | Reference Diseases. /Mammals.| Birds. Reptiles.) to Notes | following. | 1. Mierobic or Parasitic | | Diseases. | | i PIETER CUNOSIS” 808 acute ces Sos ates 16 (| 1 2 MMM OG STS ches. cess Ses cee evet| 12 29 «| 6 3 PMEMUMOMIA, 6 o5 cia vice) sa vselansses| 30 538 | 48 4 OD UICSMINTA oo cere cea ese casies 5 awn 1 5) JANOS OLEISISio vat hg OR a 2 ae 1 Syrah ode) 00s | jean ea en eee Ce 2 Aa Peritonivises aes 2 1 28 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON TABLE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death (continwed). Reference | Diseases. Mammals.| Birds. | Reptiles.) to Notes | following. 1. Microbie or Parasitic | Diseases (cont.). | | Cystitis eee: Bono aap 1 ee a 1 Leucocytozoa infection... | oe Ly: Alanis Acavi infection 01M. pend 3 i a 6 Syngamus infection ...............) ae a er Hilariasis: Naa et Wis. te asec 1 ae aS Aiscaridosisesa...cccctsaa) caer 2 ee toe) 1 o 2. Diseases of Respiratory | Organs. | AMtelectasisne sw eect ene 5 ) Bronchitisescncdspcsc.a ct oe 8 | | Broncho- -_pheumonia . AOR et a a | 42 eae fee he Maat 7 8 | Roveestion of STnER iy eek 3 hy | 8 | | Pleuritis 2228 03. Re enter iL oe |) ese 3. Diseases of t the Heart. | Degeneration of muscle ......... 1 Ie | 4. Diseases of the Liver. | | Hepatitis RAPP e inet des 558 Lm as) 2 | Cirrhosis ccc -k he eonte betes ae 4 2 ah) ses | Fatty degeneration Ae ss | 3 | 1 | 5. Diseases of the Mee) | ne | Tract. | Gastro-enteritis) uscjietce ..2 4 2 2 Gastric ulceration cue. 2 ee se | ji) Ainteritis Weide see ena. cee. | 22 190 14 9 | | Gastritis .. : ees, one af 3 | Intestinal obstruction ............ pe | 1 vee | Intussusception Peet 2 vee Prolapse of rectum <...45-41.....- | it | | | 6. Diseases of Urinary and | Generative Organs. | Nephritis, ceoica) <. ce eee | 34 45 5 10 Cystic kidneys 3.5...5..c0 eee e 1 25 | Salip ng iGisc.ke.cee sc tes eee: | “i 1 3 | | Extroversion of uterus. ......... | 1 _ nae | | 7. Various. | | Caremomiais: sa.cecaie umes 3 es bas 11 | SAT COMA hu. tec eee 2 1 12 Tbeukheemual “eee eee 1 13 | Caries of spine ... otnee | 1 | Spinalkcuryature: j97.005. 9a 1 | Hamorrhage...00.e oy eee | a 1 as | | Injuries discovered aa os 1 - 14 | MOTCOME, canna ieee ete Neer } cas. = Besides those tabulated above, 25 mammals, 85 birds, 7 reptiles, were killed by order or by companions, 1 bird, 37 reptiles, died from malnutrition or starvation, 6 mammals, 22 birds, 38 reptiles were too decomposed for examination, 1 bird was preserved unopened, completing the total. DEATHS IN THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 29 In Table I. an analysis is made of the immediate causes of death, but in nearly every case the animals were found to be suffering from other lesions as well. Table IL. summarizes these other diseases from which the animals were suffering ; and if this Table be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more accurate estimate of the amount of disease in the Gardens will be arrived at. Taste IT.—Secondary Diseases found in the animals tabulated in Table I. : | Reference | Diseases. Mammals. | Birds. Reptiles.| to Notes | | | following. MINE COMP (alk sec abies ae siciesruandeoes 1 vee | wes ALU COSIS aoc a eRe re ae ee ee ee oan) 2 | PPE UTI 65555 an dacs s cencascie sense: 2 6 MBC GICADUULIS: 82a: cheeses s-ntsanees cen dnge 1 aes WRBRCEICOMIGIS occ veces ove cacmestensedese 5 Z| 3 DAMP SC OSH MT he oe Ng siocs\s iba S wedi wae des 2 }; Je. HPPLN0 SE a ee ee 33 | | JEUNE UIGISS al Sen eet ae eee eee ea ih ree ewsee | NVOrMA WMPECEION. ........00c00000 oeeeuiens 1 3 3 PMMA tie cae cog ee sltwns ns vinaan stn Suviess a 4 | | |, UNUCEIEN ietiag Seen ee 1 Dee ASP aye 15 | F HBMOPTEPATINES 2.262 .....c cece ene an on Ve 4 WINEMGOCYLOZOM: 0. 0:58: 0cae cosa iene cveass - Ls Ae 3 CHORTLE ee ne ee ee seh, tl 3 16 = — | | PSEOMOMMIS Wh 2 0. pdt sateen tsa niesnds 6 eee Broncho-pneumonia .................. 11 tee aN as Congestion of lungs. .................. 20 162"). 16 CHGema-OF TUNES 1.. 5.6 .cccseceacec set ae i 103 | 8 @ollapsed LUNES) ii... ccs tee exes cee ees 1 on ee Degeneration of heart. ............... 4, Ls i Hypertrophy 0 of heart 1 Hepatitis .. i Pee cath sien ah es Lea eee PeriCArOitiS cos cc-s-.--sscccsceseess ses eat Se Rely Back Ly MGweroMma Of AOLbA ....6..6. 1. ces cee 3 4 PAMMNENUENS Mss sc ie ciate cc's vtedioe et » bc 1 ae 18 Fatty pee yo Of lIVer ccs... ls 41. 5 Cirrhosis of liver.. 3 | 1 Cholecystitis 1 | CASING Rent tone Grae. shecsinieks 3 1 Gastric ulceration ........ teat nade 9 “te GaSELO-EMbCEILIS’ ©..25.. can scheeeve aces 5 4 Enteritis. ...... ee SAN ae Kt Sh 28 90 14 | Intestinal obstruction ............... se il IN QR NTT TE) a Nr 36 78 a 4 MC ystic tidy S..< 0... ..aceeee--.s0h0-- 00 ul 2 PSL NIT Nae oe a 3 2 ons PS CINES Pst c6 os asciec ob sale w Saheb aon as Hey a | Angioma, ........ 1 | Lardaceous disease .. 1 MCtAIMEME LOBES! fears. does sesee- 1 Rickets 2 | Urzemia 1 7m 19 _ Injuries il 5 30 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON Table IIT. shows, in still further detail, the distribution of the immediate causes of death, shown in Table I. , amongst the varlous large orders of mammals, Tasie Ili.—The Distribution of Diseases causing Death amongst the principal Orders of Mammals. a s ; Ben be Zs Diseases. | = S | = | = ees 2 | (= oA | D | =) = e bce Bol 1 gs) es | yb Oo | a | eae | of a pe al eee Mulberculosisy ove sox ese tate eee naa ee iL 2 2 MyCOSIS. sited. Sate Sait Winger. aeeneeet el aged al 6 4, Pnennvoniae. 2) cs asso in neat erten cs hele te AN San) 1 2 [@eptl Cooma. te tees. 4! ear eee eye | > cena eee SRL Re 1 IMDS CESS Sati: S50. Fe cmaeces ante eee. ane Sash pal: Empyema apes 2 | Peritonitis [eas SS 1 | Cystitis Peta aR ee eet ete ee | eee AL : | HATIASISi eS eetont. 2. een ae tae cere i; Sean ame 1 | (AS CATICOSIS Wen ence ete atte smeee | 2 | | | % | ~ Abeleehasiay, #0 cen eee tant cee Lies a a 1 ie LOD CRIUIS Metis aten em te woe 2 2 3 eae | Broneho- pneumonia Er ee eet eos). tied = Ok Ot | aes 4 | Congestion of lungs wad tes aasless tau sone e| oes es 2 iL alee Pleuritis cee Be 3 Ge eee Peer roe ae ‘dee el Degeneration of heart peer cee so = Uy | t'Cirshe@sisoF livers ais. etree: cee |e sce ee Secale aaa 2 ‘Gastro-emtermbis: et. cee 3 Cae eer | | Gastriciulcetatione.-41 + se eee lan Sa] ae d) ilweate 12 Pe Hin teritisran: ..e.cke = eee ee ea 8 2 | 19 | 923) See i Intussusception ...7--5.. else ee eee: | 2 ee i ecaecmeal i: Prolapsexol rect... eee ae | ook pat yr cae ee eee 1 | Nephritis... : Mercere sot epenet fame be-fam lK €) 44 § 2 1 | Extroversion of uterus .. eas = /uc<) [roan aon gece | | Carcinoma Pf Se | | Sarcoma 5A Sere Cihk sae : ee ee Tsewkshvemiia 4s 89 2 re eal nse 1 | Cariesvot: Spimennvs- masse |) peal | | Curvature’ ofspine 2)... 2.0: ‘i | \ The following, Table IV., shows the number of Deaths from those Diseases of the greatest numerical importance for the last four years: the total number of animals of each class is placed above, so that a proper comparison can be made. a at —, | ‘ | | | | | | | ) DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY 8 GARDENS. 3 TABLE IV. Mammals. Meat wee con ess 19138. 1914. 1915. 1916. Total number of mammals ... 1272 1261 1613 855 Tuberculosis 31 | 12 6 | 16 _ Mycosis Sine MR ee carp eer See 8 | 6 | 10 12 PAM CUMMOMIG: ... ..0cee cc csc eh neces von cee 34 | 53 48 30 | PMPMO MULE Se). cd oi discs ce stone ede oes 6 Tet 10 8 | Broncho-pneumonia ............-..--- 25 24 34 42 | Congestion of lungs 14 | 14, 13 3 | _ Gastro-enteritis ... Dern eee 7 | 16 Ay 4, MOMENI RC 5. ee Cecio e sdlivse ceca cahe oe 33 | 33 25 29 IN [DUDES GO Qe ean a a 90 | 66 40 34 Birds. Total number of birds ......... 3518 3610 3240 2534 MMVETOMIOSIS ? 2. co.cc. cde dee ccs devceeeee 104 iGis) 60 vl ISIN OPUS EMR AG oe cers ccilceae cuccses 1s 75 | 88 | 32 29 JEST ACY iii er 89 | 118 | 70 53 mwoneestiom OF lungs .i.....60c0ce-c-0s 98 133 130 78 | SUS WG. WOES er 148 | 169 150 190 JIN| ) OCU ETS I ae te a 135 129 81 | 45 Reptiles. Total number of reptiles ...... 1169 1045 608 625 Unsere mVOsts) coos. ele se asads oan ce 6 A | 2 1 LUO SICE et eevee ae | 1 10 | 6 6 PC eMMNONIA ee eee oe. Cota esse | 138 69 | 3d 48 Congestion of WINES. ....5.... 205.0000 13 | 19 11 | 8 LE STO IEY ll ee a ae ee re a 15 | 17 8 | 14 | BLoop-PARASITES, During the year the blood of every animal mentioned in the foregoing lists has been examined, with the result that parasites have been found in 24 cases, in 13 species for the first time. They have been distributed as follows :— Hilarie. In 3 mammals; in all for the first time. In 3 birds; in all for the first time. ( Hemoproteus danilewskyt. In 5 birds; in 3 species iota: Z for the first time. \ Plasmodium precox. In 1 bird for the first time. Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in 2 species for the first time. Hemogregarines. In 9 reptiles; in 3 species for the first time. Intestinal organisms, In 1 reptile. ou PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON The particulars of the blood-parasites are as follows :— Filarice. Mammals. Found for the first time in: HaBItTat, TYPE. Bay Lynx (Felis rufa) ........2......4...... Mexico, Long. Hamster (Cricetulus obscurus) ............ Mongolia. Long, thick. Grison (Girison allamandi).................. Argentina. Long. Birds. Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis pheniceus). Venezuela. Found for the first time in: Black-headed Sugar-Bird (Chlorophanes Brazil. Short, thick. spiza). Gay’s Finch (Phrygilus gayi) ............. Chili. Long, no capsule. Malaria. birds. Heemoproteus danilewskyi. Paradise Whydah Bird (Vidua para- W. Africa. disea). Shama (Cittocincla macrura) ...........: India. Found for the first time in: Rose Finch (Propasser rhodochrous) .... India. Yellow-backed Lory (Lorius jflavo- Batchiam. _ palliatus). Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis phaniceus). Venezuela. Plasmodium preecox. Found for the first time in: Pitta (Pitta nove-quine@).................. Aru Islands, & Leucocytozoa. Birds. Scops Owl (Scops git) ...............0....... Captured at sea. Found for the first time in : Rose Finch (Propasser rhodoehrous) ... India. Carrion Crow (Coreus ecorone) ............_Kurope. Haemogregaries. Reptiles. Common Boa (Boa constrictor)............. S. America, King Snake (Coronella getula) ............. N. America. Banded-tailed Tree-Suake (Leptophis Europe. viperinus). Indian Python (Python molurus) Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata) ............ Europe. DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 3a Found for the first time in: iS iy Gena ic Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). S. America. + Stout. 2 Burrowing Boas (Hryx thebaicus) ...... Gold Coast. Ordinary size. Ocellated Bladder-frog (Leptodactylus Argentina. Long, thick. ocellatus). Intestinal Organisms. Leptiles. Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Europe. Amoeba. NOTES ON THE FOREGOING. 1. The total incidence of microbic and parasitic diseases causing death in the Gardens for 1916 is 8°5 per cent. in mamunals, 6°] per cent. in birds, and 9:4 per cent. in reptiles. If those cases which have not lived six months in the Gardens be ex- cluded, these percentages will be greatly reduced. 2. The numbers of deaths from tuberculosis amongst the mammals and birds show a relative increase, the incidence being 1-8 per cent. in mammals and 2°8 per cent. in birds. Amongst the mammals dying from tuberculosis, 16 in all, 7 were Monkeys, and of these 5 had been pet animals; of the remaining 9 animals 4 had been pets. ‘These figures seem to me to indicate quite plainly that pet animals should not be accepted by the Society, or only after the strictest quarantine. An Orang Utan which had been 84 years in the Gardens had chronic tubercle of human type, which he might very well have brought with him. The most remarkable case this year was in an Ibex which died when about a fortnight old with tubercle of liver, spleen, and mesenteric glands. There is a relative increase this year in the number of deaths from tubercle amongst the birds, and in a much larger relative number were the lesions generalized, namely in 36, indicating a more severe type of the disease. The one reptile was an Alligator in which the disease was of human type, and was no doubt caused by the habit of certain visitors of spitting at the animals, to which I have often called attention in previous reports. 3. As usual I have grouped all the diseases caused by moulds under mycosis. In the mammals six of the cases were of the ordinary type, associated with abscesses; and in six, tumours (mycetomata) in various organs were present. Ina sheep the growth began in the cavities of the nose and spread into the adjacent bone-spaces. There is a slight relative increase amongst the birds, but there are now less than half the number of cases there were a few years ago. In one Parrot it was caused by Aspergillus nger. Three of the six reptiles died with mycotic tumours in various parts. 4. The incidence of pneumonia remains about the same as last year amongst the mammals and birds. In one bird it was Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. ITI. 3 34 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON due to trematodes and in three reptiles to worms, otherwise it was pneumococcal. . There has been a slight increase amongst the reptiles. 5. The septicemias were due to abscesses in two cases, to extensive ulceration in two, and in one to a decomposing feetus. 6. This rare infection of the lungs and air-sacs of a Pheasant from Mongoha has been noticed only once before in the Gardens, in» Hangnest from La Plata. The mite was a Cytoleichus. 7. In these cases of nematode worm infection the lesions pro- duced were very different; in a Lynx they caused a pseudo- tubercle of the liver, ina Puma they caused perforation of the stomach-wall and peritonitis, and in a Toad they produced a pneumonia. 8. There has been relatively a small increase in the diseases of the respiratory organs amongst the mammals. They are, of course, largely Acpended on Poa and 26 of the cases of broncho-pneumonia occurred in the last two months of the year, during bad external conditicns. Among the birds there has been a considerable relative decrease in the deaths from congestion of the lungs. 9. There has been a considerable increase in the number of cases of enteritis amongst the birds, but it has been of a milder type. 54 of the bird cases were hemorrhagic; in 4 worms were the cause, and in 3 foreign bodies, and 2 were due to ameebe ; during the last three months of the year 28 Parrots have died from that specific kind of enteritis called Psittacosis. Of the cases in mammals, 3 have been hemorrhagic, 4 associated with ulceration of the intestines, and 1 was caused by foreign bodies. The term enteritis covers all inflammatory diseases of “the intes- tines, and as these are due to so many different causes it may be worth while to mention them. In the Gardens I have found five different varieties, which are due to the following causes: 1. Errors in feeding. 2. Foreign bodies. 3. Worms. 4. Bac- teria, 5. Protozoal organisms. Of these causes the first and the fourth are the most important. i 10. There has been a considerable relative decrease in the number of cases of nephritis. 'This word, hike enteritis, covers inflammations of the kidney which are due to various causes. Nephritis can be divided, for purposes of classification, into acute and chronic; the former being due to infection, or to exposure, and the latter either following the acute disease, or being due to degenerative changes and associated with car dio-vascular changes, with old- -age eliamece or the artificial old-age changes induced by captivity. The absence of proper space for exercise must render animals more sensitive to temperature changes, and especially to draughts. 16 of the mammals had acute nephritis, and 18 chronic; only 1 bird had acute nephritis, all the others being chronic ; in all the 5 reptiles it was: chronic. 11. The three cases of cancer occurred in the liver, spleen, and adjacent glands of an old Bear, in the liver and adjacent organs ~ dee DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 35 and glands of a Cavy, and in the neck of a Wolf. The case of the Wolf is of interest because his father died here in 1914, and his mother in 1915, of the same disease in the same situation. A sister is alive and well. 12. A Coypu died from an angiosarcoma of the liver; it had also an adenoma of the kidneys, and is of interest as being the third case of similar tumour of the liver, and the fifth of similar tumour of the kidneys in Coypus dying in the Gardens during the last 9 years. 13. Of lymphatic variety in a Polecat. This is the second case of this rare disease which has occurred in 9 years. 14. The injury was a ruptured heart in a Flamingo, and is mentioned because it is the fifth Flamingo which has met with the same rare accident. 15. Further details of these blood-parasites will be found under the section ‘ Blood-Parasites,” p. 32. Under the term malaria are grouped cases due to Hemoproteus danilewskyt and to Plasmodium preecox. 16. ‘These were due to a large Saccharomyces. 17. These cases in birds were due to the deposition of masses of crystals (of guanin, probably) in both visceral and parietat pericardium. 18. The only aneurism found this year was in a Civet, of fusiform variety. 19. This rare complication of kidney disease occurred in a Mandrill which had acute upon old nephritis. 2 ‘ * i = 4 4 4 — t ew \ i o of os THE MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 37 4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Paleemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapatze, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cam- bridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College. [Received September 19, 1916: Read February 6, 1917 | (Text-figures 1-51.) INDEX. Page Mint ROG ilOMy eee maeen cla. Cet tke detest ete ueteeviden LO: Morphology of the crustacean limb ................... 37 Morphology of the mouth-parts of Palemonide ...... 62 Physiology of the mouth-parts of Paleemonide ....... 69 ile In the course of an investigation of the commensal prawns of the subfamily Pontoniine, it became necessary for me to compare their mouth-parts with those of the free-living Palamoniine, in order to discover whether there existed between these groups any difference, in the organs in question, which might correspond with the difference in the diet of the animals. For the most part I have taken as representative of the Palemoninze the Common Prawn (Leander serratus), in which I have studied in some detail the structure and arrangement of the mouth-parts, and endeavoured, by the observation of living specimens, to find out how the organs in question are used. Surprisingly little trace has appeared of such structural differences between the sub- families as I was looking for, but my observations have suggested, with regard to the morphology and functions of the parts around the mouth of Palemonide, certain reflections and conclusions which form the subject of this communication. II. 1. The morphology of the jaws of Malacostraca is still in a good deal of confusion, and there is much disagreement as to the relation of the parts of each of them to those of other crustacean limbs, and even as to the names to be applied to certain of their processes or “lacinize ”*, A great part of this difficulty arises from the fact that no theory as to the primary form of limb of which all the appendages of Crustacea are modified representatives has met with general acceptance. This thorny question is not * T have not, in this summary article, made any reference to the literature of the subject. The contributions ot Beecher, Boas, Claus, Coutiére, Hansen, Huxley, Lankester, Packard, Thiele, and others to our knowledge of homology of the limbs of Crustacea are well known to those who are interested in the subject. The reader will readily gather in what respects my views differ from or agree with those expressed by each of them, and it is needless to emphasize the fact that all present speculation must be based upon the foundation they have laid. 38 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE only raised by the jaws of Malacostraca, but receives from the study of some of them—notably from that of the maxilla— considerable elucidation. The following, briefly stated, are the considerations in regard to it which have influenced the morphological suggestions put forward in the present paper. 2. It is not to be assumed without question that a prototype can be found from which all the limbs of all Crustacea can be derived by modification. The mere fact that appendages stand in the same position on the bodies of two or more segmented animals, or are members of the same meristic series In one animal, affords no ground for the assumption that there exists a common plan which underlies the arrangement of the parts of each of them. Moreover, even when there are resemblances be- tween them, such a conception as that of a common type of them is of no use to the zoologist unless the plan of the type does not merely exist in the imagination of the observer, but has or at some time had an objective existence as a factor in development. Resemblances between two limbs may be due either solely to ex- trinsic causes—that is, to influences from without the organisms, which have brought it about that different developmental pro- cesses result in similar structures in the two cases,—or also to intrinsic causes—that is, to the operation of identical develop- mental factors. Only in the latter case has a common plan for the two limbs an objective existence. Conceivably such a plan may not be due to community of ancestry in all instances. When two appendages closely resemble one another—as do, for instance, the various antenniform limbs of Arthropoda—it is possible, and sometimes probable, that there exist in the mechanism of development facilities for establishing such organs, and that these have come into play independently more than once, forming appendages upon the same plan. This principle, however, is of limited application. Even in the cases which suggest it, it can never be applied save to actual features which exist in all the limbs under comparison. ‘To assume the existence of a plan of which some features are not realized in each limb is quite unjusti- fied, except on the hypothesis of the common inheritance both of a type of limb and, in the case of serial resemblance, of community of type between the members of the series of limbs*. To look for traces of a common type in structures in which it is so little obvious as in the appendages which appear to correspond in different Crustacea would be absurd, unless there were grounds for believing that their possessors were descended from a common ancestor; and if we are also to find community of type between the several limbs of each individual crustacean, then such com- munity must have existed among the appendages of the ancestor. * The resemblances here classed as due to extrinsic causes are those which are generally classed under the head of Analogy. Those which are due to common descent are instances of Homology. Those which are due to independent operations of the same developmental facilities (if such there be) form a third class not strictly the same as either Analogy or Homology. MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALA MONID PRAWNS. 39 Yor if (as might well be, by bomeosis) it were independently established in any members of the subphylum, then the altered limbs would lose what they had in common with the corresponding limbs of other Crustacea. 3. In point of fact, however, there can be no doubt that the Crustacea are monophyletic, and it is very highly probable that their ancestor possessed a complete series of similar limbs. ‘The widest gaps in the crustacean system are those which separate the Copepoda and the Cirrivedia from the rest of the subphylum, but it is quite impossible even in these cases to entertain the suggestion of an independent origin. The occurrence of the nauplius would by itself negative this. That in the common ancestor of the group all the limbs, with the possible exception of the antennules, conformed to one type may be gathered with some confidence from the conditions in Branchiopodaand Trilobita. The Branchiopoda are certainly the most primitive of existing Crustacea. They alone possess in a simple form—allowance being made for certain obvious specializations, such as the degeneration of the mouth-parts—all the elements of the organization of every other class of the subphylum, and their suggestive resemblances to the Annelida are the only indications of affinity with other phyla shown by any recent members of the group. These facts fairly entitle them to be regarded as indicating broadly the ancestral features of the Crustacea, It is needless to dwell upou the fact that their trunk-limbs are all of one type, and, although that type becomes unrecognizable in their maxille and maxillules its presence in these limbs of other groups (Ostracoda, Malaco- straca, and Copepoda) supplies the lacking evidence here. In the Trilobita, which are without doubt related to the forbears of the Branchiopoda, a single type of limb extends throughout the body, from the antenne backwards. It is not possible to avoid attributing to the ancestor of the Crustacea that similarity of appendages which characterizes these groups. This, of course, is not to say that the limbs of the first crustacean resembled closely either those of the Trilobita or those of the Branchiopoda. The form of the primitive crustacean appendage can only he conjectured with probability after comparison of all those which may be assumed to be derived from it. But, whatever it may have been, the foregoing considerations justify the belief that it existed, a that from it can be derived all the post-antennular limbs of every member of the subphylum. 4, The primitive limb of the Crustacea must have been of the kind to which the terms “leaf-like” and “ phyllopod” are applied—that is, flattened, lobed, and feebly, if at all, jointed (text-fig. 2). This is a priore likely in view of the structure of the parapodia of Annelida, and seems established by the way in which the phyllopod limb is distributed among the Crustacea, occurring as it does throughout the trunk of Branchiopoda (text-figs. 3-5), on the ible and presumably less mature, segments of Z'riarthrus (text-fig. 6), in Leptostraca (on the thorax, AQ MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE text-fig. 8), and in the hinder part of the head of all groups. Whether it was biramous, like most parapodia, the limbs of the Trilobita *, and many of those of the higher Crustacea, is another question. ‘In the majority of biramous crustacean limbs the Text-figure |. Text-figure 2, a I\E p a 3 = ZB Zac ee a V.C. Cp. PREP) nom Parapodium of Hunice maxima, Hypothetical limb of atter Ehlers. proto-phyllopod. For lettering see p. 71. Text-figure 3. Tenth thoracic limb of Apus sp. For lettering see p. 71. protopodite and endopodite form an axis to which the exopodite is appended, while the trunk-limb of the Branchiopoda is so clearly uniramous that there is discussion as to which of its * But see footnote to p. 48. MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 41 Text-figure 4. Text-figure 5, 7 (cap) Wil 4 ' ee Yen” Ze =e. GC a 2 \\ = 2a, S ee 2 ig a 4 Thoracic limb of Chiro- First thoracic limb of Limnadia cephalus sp. lenticularis, after Sars. For lettering see p. 71. Text-figure 6. Text-figure 7. Anterior pygidial limb of One of the anterior Triarthrus becki, drawn thoracic limbs of the from a model by Beecher. same, For lettering see p. 71. 42 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE processes represents the exopodite. Probably the primitive crustacean appendage (text-fig. 2) resembled that of the Branchio- poda in being uniramous. On its outer side this limb must have Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9. Theracie limb of Nebalia sp. Outline of axis of thoracic limb of old female of the same. For lettering see p. 71. Text-figure 10. Thoracic limb of Paranebalia longipes, after Sars, joints added after Thiele. For lettering see p. 71. borne near its base several epipodites. There is no necessity to suppose that these were present to the full number of the gills MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZAMONID PRAWNS. 43 Text-figure 11. and other epipoditic structures that may be found on a single segment in various Malacostraea *. It is highly probable that Text-figure 12. Maxilliped of Calanus sp. For lettering see p. 71. Maxilliped of Anaspides, after Calman. Text-figure 13. For lettering see p. 71. Text-figure 14. \ > Maxilla of Calanus sp. Maxilla of Nebalia sp. For lettering see p. 71. either branching and subsequent division, or meristic repetition has taken place here. But it is not unlikely that the presence * See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xix. p. 462 (1907). 44 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE of three epipodites (the epipodite proper and two “ pro-epipo- dites”), as, for instance, in Chirocephalus (text-fig. 4), is a primitive feature. Beyond the epipodite stood a longer process, the flabellum, which may have been slender, like those of Concho- straca (text-fig. 5) and the exopodite of Paranebalia (text-fig. 10), but is perhaps more likely to have been broad, like that of Apus Text-figure 15, Text-figure 16. *) gee 2 ye LZ ¢ Shy J 7 by lez eX Y2 ap is AB —3 == Text-figure 17. Text-figure 18. Text-fig. 15. Maxilla of Cerataspis, after Boas. f 16. Larval maxilla of Peneus, after Claus. i 17. Maxilla of Anisocaris, after Ortmann. 3 18. Larval maxilla of Palemonetes, after Boas. For lettering see p. 71. ' (text-fig. 3) and the exopodites of most Leptostraca (text-fig. 8) and of the decapod maxilla (text-figs. 15-18, and 47). It pro- bably extended both distally and proximally from its attachment, like the conchostracan and notostracan flabella and the maxillary expodite of Decapoda. The axis of the limb ended in an apical lobe, and on the inner-edge stood a row of endites. It does not MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEZMONID PRAWNS. 45 follow, from the fact that these, with the member resembling them which probably represents the apical lobe, number six in many Branchiopoda, that the primitive limb possessed only that quota. In certain cases the series is more numerous. ‘Thus in Anostraca it has probably seven members *, the maxille of certain decapod larve (text-figs. 16, 17) certainly possess eight, and the same limb of Cerataspis (text fig. 15) bears nine. If, as seems likely, the first member is missing in the maxilla of Calanus (text- fig. 13), there is evidence here also that the series may consist of eight endites and an apical lobe. It may be that the ancestral crustacean possessed even more endites, but there is some reason for believing that it had eight only, since, as will be shown later,, that number allows an arrangement which corresponds with the segmentation of the thoracic limb of Malacostraca, and with what was probably the primitive structure of the maxilla both in Decapoda and in Copepoda. If this view be adopted, there may be recognized in the primitive crustacean limb nine successive regions—eight represented by the endites and a ninth consisting - of the apical lobe. These regions would be potential segments, since jointing would certainly take place between the endites rather than across them, as, in point of fact, it is seen to have done in Triarthrus (text-fig. 6), in the larval maxilla of Penewus (text- fig. 16), and in Notostraca (text-fig. 3). In the latter there may be found, immediately behind the attachment of each endite, a distinct articulation. In the case of the distal members of the series, the articulation extends only as far as the longitudinal scle- rite by which the part of the axis that bears the subapical lobe, flabellum, and epipodite is separated from the rest. Just behind the flabellum, however, a very sharp jointing extends right across the limb, and another less marked articulation runs from the base of the epipodite to the inner margin, which it reaches just above the attachment of the blunt-ended proximal endite. Yet another articulation, starting from that just mentioned, joins the inner edge of the limb behind the base of the first of the large, pointed “ondites, thus cutting off a roughly triangular segment which in Apus, but hardly in Lepidurus, projects as a small lobe like an endite 7. The proximal endite—the gnathobase —of the primitive limb may be judged from the evidence afforded by the Branchiopoda and Triarthrus to have differed in shape from the others, been directed towards the mid-ventral line of the body, and served for the manipulation of food. Probably it had a stout, blunt end, set with rows of strong, short bristles (text-fig. 27). The remaining endites were, most likely, subsimilar to one another. It is natural to attempt to derive this limb from the parapo- dium of an Annelidancestor. If the limb was uniramous, we must seek for analogies among uniramous parapodia, such, for instance, as those of the Sy Nlide or the Eunicide. In the latter family * See footnote to p. 48, 7 See footnote, p. 48, 46 MR. Le. A. BORRADAILE ON THE (text-fig. 1), the arrangement of the parts is strikingly suggestive of those of the phyllopod limb, the so-called ‘“ dorsal cirrus ”— really the notopodium, whose small size and position upon the . base of the large straight neuropodium make the parapodium uniramous—standing for the flabellum, the gill for the epipodite, and the short, broad, ventral cirrus for the gnathobase. Needless to say, no more than analogy can be claimed for this likeness. The point of origin of the Arthropoda from their worm-like ancestors is not to be settled merely by a general and hypothetical resemblance of the limbs. Text-figure 19. iy iy BA Maxilla of Lysiosquilla maculata. For lettering see p. 71.! 6. It has already been pointed out (p. 39) that the presence upon the hinder part of the head of Malacostraca, Ostracoda, and Copepoda of appendages not greatly modified from the assumed primitive type (text-figs. 13-21) justifies the surmise that in the original crustacean the series of similar limbs extended further forward than in Branchiopoda. Probably it resembled that of the Trilobita in including all the appendages behind the anten- nules, but comparison of the maxilla of the Decapoda with the pygidial limbs of 7riarthrus suggests that there was less unlike- ness between the extreme members than in that genus. Hach appendage was no doubt capable of being used for swimming, for MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. AT the manipulation of food, and for respiration. In all recent Crustacea, however, the specialization of certain of the limbs for each of these functions, and for a fourth, contact with large bodies, sueh as prey, or the substratum, has caused them to Text-figure 20. EX~Lf PREP? Ep? £ EL Text-figure 21. Text-fig. 20. Maxillule of Calanus sp. 3 21. Maxillule of Cypris sp. For lettering see p. 71. depart in various directions from the type. ‘Those which were specially adapted for swimming became biramous*, those for * This change must have taken place more than once. It is already established, for instance, in the antennze and larval mandibles of various Branchiopoda, which show no trace of it in their other limbs, and it is well developed upon the abdomen of the Nebalia, while it is still but incipient in the thorax. The Conchostraca (text-fig. 5), whose trunk-limbs are almost biramous, show how easily that condition can arise by an alteration in the proportions of the parts of the limb. 48 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE mastication developed the gnathobase with or without some of the other endites, those for respiration the epipodites, and those for contact with large objects the main axis. Generally speaking, the limbs which in the adult are adapted to other functions than swimming are in the larva (and were perhaps at one time through- out life) natatory, and retain in their later condition traces of the biramous plan, so that they may be regarded as belonging to the biramous type. In becoming biramous, the limb has lost its leaf- like character. This has in all cases befallen the antenne and mandibles, which, precociously adapted in the Nauplius to swim- ming, never exhibit the primitive configuration. On the other hand, the maxille almost invariably retain a good deal of resem- blance to the phyllopod prototype, probably because their position makes it impossible for them to be of much use either as jaws or for swimming. The trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda are phyllopod, and show in some detail the features which it is necessary to attribute to those of the ancestral crustacean *; those of the other groups are biramous 7, with the exception of the thoracic appendages of the Leptostraca, which exhibit various degrees of transition from the phyllopod to the biramous condition. * The lobes of the trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda (text-figs. 3-5) are exceedingly difficult to homologize. It seems, for instance, quite possible that the Anostraca have no flabellum, and that the structure known by that name which is jointed to the end of their limbs corresponds to the so-called last (sixth) “endite” of Apus and Limnadia. If so, however, an additional endite must be intercalated into the series in Anostraca or excalated from it in Notostraca, for in the former group there are six of these lobes before the terminal structure in question, but in the latter only five. The facts of meristic variation would explain this discrepancy without difficulty, but the actual solution is probably indicated by the presence in Apus, though barely in Lepidurus, of what looks hke a vestigial endite, standing in the gap between the first and that which has been regarfled as the second of the series. This little lobe bears no bristles, but the section of the axis opposite it is defined by lines of soft cuticle, such as those which mark out the segments of the other endites. If there be here a true endite, the series in Apus corresponds with that of Anostraca. Lepidurus must then be considered to have lost the second endite (though not its segment), and in Limnadia it has perhaps fused with the third. It is true that this hypothesis is open to the objection that it brings the epipodite opposite the third endite, but such a displacement presents no great difficulty in view of the vestigial nature of the supposed second segment, which does not reach the outer edge of the limb, and of the fact that the epipodite is attached not wholly to the third segment, but astride of the articulation between it and the portion of the limb proximal to it. Again, the little process known as the “‘subapical lobe,” present in Apus and Branchipus, but barely or not at all represented in some other genera, as Chirocephalus and Limnadia, may or may not represent the true end of the axis of the limb. If it does not, then the apex must be the so-called last endite. This (if the above conjecture with regard to the flabellum of Anostraca be true) is always an organ sui generis, separated by a more or less distinct joint from the rext of the limb. In either case, the condition of the apical lobe in the Branchipoda is abnormal as compared with that which it shows in the larval maxilla of the Decapoda and in Tviarthrus, which in this respect probably more nearly represent the ancestral Crustacea. To judge from the thoracic limbs of Nebalia (text-tig. 9), whose end-joint differs strongly from the rest and is much more sharply articulated, the appendages upon the trunk of the phyllopod ancestor of the Malacostraca must have resembled those of the Branchiopoda in respect to the apical lobe. + The limbs of the Trilobita (text-figs. 6, 7) present an interesting problem in that, while they are undoubtedly biramous in the sense of consisting of two subequal rami upon a common stem, their “ exopodites ” are inserted in a different position from those of recent Crustacea or from the flabella of the Branchiopoda. The “endopodite”’ of the pygidial limb (in Triarthrus) is clearly comparable with the MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PAL-AAMONID PRAWNS, 49 7. The relation of the parts of the biramous limb to those of its leaf-like forerunner may be elucidated by a study of actual phyllopod appendages. It would seem that the flabellum is represented by the exopodite, and the main axis, ending in the apical lobe, by the protopodite and endopodite. In regard to the exopodite, the evidence of the Leptostraca, in which it is flattened and bears just the same relation to the other parts of the limb as the flabellum, is too strong to be set aside without more con- vineing reasons than have been adduced. Theories which disregard this consideration depend upon the precarious support afforded by a comparison of the arrangement in various cases of the endites. These structures, however, are very variable and difficult to homologize, and in particular those of the maxilla, which in adult reptant Decapoda appear to suggest that the fifth and sixth endites have become endopodite and exopodite, have in more primitive members of the same group a quite different aspect, which supports strongly the theory stated above. The larvee of. various Carides, as, for instance, that of Palemonetes (text-fig. 18), show at the base of the endopodite of the maxilla, in the region of the ischipodite, a distinct fifth endite. In other cases, as in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17) and Pencus (text-fig. 16), axis of the phyllopod limb, and in shape more nearly resembles the larval maxilla of a Decapod than the trunk-limb of a Branchiopod. It is remarkable only for the comparatively unimportant facts that the region of the third and fourth endites, instead of forming a single joint (the basipodite), is divided by an articulation int) two, each of which bears one endite, and that beyond the fourth endite the limb has but four segments, instead of the five which the maxilla of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15) indicates as the full complement of the corresponding region of the decapod limb. It does not seem impossible that an additional segment may eventually be discovered at the end of this appendage. The conditions are none too clear in Beecher’s model. ‘The “‘exopodite,’ however, stands upon the segment of the second endite, not upon that of the third and fourth. Probably this indicates that the structure here called the exopodite is not homologous with that to which the same name is applied in recent Crustacea, but is a modified epipodite. In that connection it is interesting to note that Beecher attributes to it a respiratory function. If the foregoing theory be correct, the thoracic limbs of Trilobita present a very remarkable analogy to those of Decapoda, consisting as they do of a sub- cylindrical, seven-jointed axis with a complex respiratory structure borne on the outside near the base. Unlike the podobranchs of the Decapoda, however, the epipodite of the Trilobita “contrives a double debt to pay” as gill and “ exopodite.’ The foregoing interpretation of the limb of Tviarthrus receives very interesting support from the arrangement of the parts of the mesosomatic appendages of Limulus. Here the axis bears on its outer side three broad exites, separated from it and from one another by sutures to which correspond notches on the edge of the limb. (The first exite of the gill-bearing limbs is, upon its anterior face, divided into about a dozen strips by less-marked sutures, of which only two remain in the genital operculum.) That part of the axis which bears the first and second exites is unjointed, but the third is attached to a well-marked segment, and beyond this two free joints form the apex of the limb. ‘The first and second exites are crossed obl quely upon their hinder face by the gill-lamelle, It is pretty clear that they are epipodites, and a comparison at once suggests itself between them and the very differently shaped “exopodite” which bears gill-lamelle in Triarthrus. The third exite in Limulus, sharply distinct from the second, is no doubt the exopodite. The supposed biramous mouth-parts of Insecta are not so in reality, and I take this opportunity of retracting the view I haye expressed on that point in my ‘Manual of Zoology’ (London, 1912). The lacinia and galea are, I now believe, the third and fourth endités, and the palp is the endopodite. Proc. Zoou, Soc,—19]17, No. LV. 4 50 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE this is succeeded by a sixth and a seventh, while in Cerataspis (text-fig. 15) the endopodite bears four endites, making eight altogether, besides the apical lobe in the position of the dactylo- podite. In the last two cases it is clear that the endopodite represents the whole distal part of the limb, and not, as has been supposed, the fifth or sixth endite only. For a detailed comparison of the jointed stem formed by the pr otopodite and endopodite of the biramous limb with the endite- bearing axis of the phyllopod appendage, it is necessary to find some fixed point of correspondence between members of the two series. It would be natural to look for this at the base of the limb, but the development of Pencwus and other Decapoda, during which the basal joint of the appendages of the thorax recedes into the side of the body, is a warning against the use of such a method. On the other hand, the differences in the total number of endites in different limbs makes it useless to start a comparison from the distal end. ‘The epipodites vary in number, and their homologies are doubtful, so that their points of attachment afford no reliable clue. There remains the flabellum-exopodite. It is unfortunate that the uncertainty which exists in regard to the homologies of the endites of Branchiopoda makes even the seat of the flabellum a doubtful point in that group, but, as will be seen, what can be stated on this point is not without its uses in confirming the evidence of other classes. In the Anostraca (text-fig. 4) the flabellum is probably absent. In Conchostraca (text-fig. 5) it stands opposite the junction of the second and third endites of a series of six, but, quite possibly, these two members represent the third and fourth of the full series, the second, which is present in the Anostraca, being in Notostraca vestigial and in Concho- straca either lost or fused with the third to form a single elongate lobe. In Notostraca (text-fig. 3), where the whole axis of the limb is more or less strongly segmented, the flabellum stands on the segment of what may be the third or the fourth endite. In the maxilla of the Malacostraca (text-figs. 14-18, and 47) the situation is clear. Here the exopodite arises opposite the third and fourth endites, upon a region of the limb which may be undelimited, as in most Decapoda, but which is often marked off more or less completely to form a segment, as in Leptostraca (text-fig. 14), Mysidacea, Cumacea, Kuphausiacea, and the decapod larva Anisocaris (text-fig. 17). Where there is no exopodite, as in Isopoda, Amphipoda, and Stomatopoda * (text-fig. 19), a segment with two endites is found in the same position on the maxilla as on that of the orders in which the limb bears an exopodite. The maxilla of Calanus (text-fig. 13) agrees remark- ably in structure with that of Malacostraca. Though it has no * In the maxilla of the Stomatopoda, the basipodite is represented upon the outer side of the limb by a single sclerite, but the segment of the third endite is differentiated trom that of the fourth by the possession of a sclerite of its own upon its hinder face. The structure of this rather puzzling limb is elucidated in text- fig. 19. _It is interesting to note that the maxillary gland opens on the second joint, like the anteunary “eland of Mysidacea and Amphipoda. MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALE MONID PRAWNS. 51 exopodite, there may be found in its proximal half a double segment bearing two endites. At first sight, the endites upon this segment appear to be the second and third, but the length of the segment which precedes it, and the position of the endite upon the latter at its distal end, suggest at once that that is also a double segment, that here, as in Carides, the first endite has been lost, and that the second double segment therefore bears the third and fourth endites and is the basipodite. This impression is strengthened by the fact that beyond the segment with two endites there are five simple segments, as there are beyond the endites which represent the basipodite of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15), which, since in that respect it agrees with the thoracic limbs of Malacostraca, may be taken as indicating the original number of segments in this region in the malacostracan maxilla, In the maxillule of Calanus (text-fig. 20) the first endite is carried upon a fairly distinct segment, but the second, third, and fourth lie upon a region which is undivided save by an incomplete constriction, which marks off the distal portion of Text-figure 22, Text-figure 23. a Maxillule of Lepas sp. Mandible of Lepidurus sp. it, where the fourth endite and the exopodite are borne. The maxilliped of Calanus (text-fig. 11) has a very short basal segment bearing the small first endite, a long second segment bearing the second, third, aud fourth endites, and six distal segments, which is one more than might be expected. Meristic rearrangement has probably been at work in this portion of the limb*. The maxillule of Cypris (text-fig. 21), which curiously simulates the maxilla of Carides, seems, like the latter appendage, to have lost the first endite. If that be the case, the exopodite here stands opposite the third and fourth endites. The thoracic limbs of Nebalia (text-figs. 8, 9), though they present no endites, * An increase beyond the normal of the number of joints in a crustacean limb may take place in three ways: (1) by the annulation of the unsegmented apex of either branch of the limb to form a “ flagellum,” as in antenne, thoracic exopodites, and pleopods of Malacostraca, ete. Three faint annulations upon the apical segment of the maxilla of Calanus are probably of this nature ; (2) by subdivision of a segment, as in the earpopodite of various Carides; (3) by resegmentation of a limb or of part of it, as probably in the maxilliped of Calanus. Fe 52 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE are instructive in regard to the segmentation of the phyllopod limb. Here the number of the segments which are formed in the endopodite varies with the limb and with the age and sex of the individual. Nearly always the four distal segments can be made out, and often a fifth is to be found proximal to them, leaving a long basipodite, which is always clearly marked off from the coxo- podite. Across the basipodite, distal to the exopodite, there Text-figure 24. \ WAV AN i | ! yy ap AY { ye WW LLG ex bas a (3 +4) 2 COX ¥., proxi. 4 OO, ss \ en bts Vie — |_ Ces = di) a : : RR 4 ? Ge ges. & Text-figure 25. Text-fig. 24. Mandible of Calanus sp. 5s 25. Mandible of Cypris sp. For lettering see p. 71. oceasionally appears an additional joint, the faintest of the series, indicating the double nature of the segment *. * It is perfectly true that most of these segments are without muscles, but from that it does not follow that their evidence may be disregarded. Probably they are vestigial, haviag lost their endites,and not, as where the limb becomes subcylindrical, acquired a value of their own. The division of the basipodite probably oveurs also in Anaspides (text-tig. 12), where, in the anterior thoracic limbs, the endopodite appears to contain six joints, but is flexed between the third and fourth of these, not between the second and third as in the Eucarida. It seems likely that the first MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ MONID PRAWNS, 53 It appears, then, that the flabellum-expodite, which in the unjointed limb arises opposite the third and fourth endites, is, when the appendage becomes jointed, generally borne by a double segment, representing those of both the lobes in question, but if, as occasionally happens, the two components of this segment become distinct, the exopodite may be found either upon the proximal of them (Vebalia etc.) or upon the distal (maxillule of Calanus, Notostraca?). Thus in the axis of the phyllopod limb the region of the third and fourth endites corresponds to the basipodite of the biramous limb, that of the first two endites to the rest of the protopodite, and all that part which les beyond the fourth endite to the endopodite. The doubleness of the basi- podite makes necessary certain terms for the distinctton of its parts. Its two components may be known as the probasipodite and metabasipodite, and when either of these alone acts as the basipodite by bearing the exopodite, it is a hemibasipodite. In contradistinction to this the complete double joint may be called the symbasipodite. ia hae PRLS V7 b< Text-figure 26. Text-figure 27. rane Talis (( \\ Mandible of Lepas sp. Mandible of Nebalia sp. For lettering see p. 71. In the proximal part of the branchiopod limb, the most per- sistent of the epipodites stands opposite the second endite. The segment to which these structures belong is the coxopodite. it other epipodites (pro-epipodites) be present, they stand in the region of the gnathobase. This region is the so-called “precoxa, or “ pleuropodite,” which may or may not have originally existed as a free joint in every biramous limb, but has now nearly always segment after that which bears the exopodite is here not the ischiopodite, bus the second division of the basipodite, or, as it may be called, the metabasipodite. If this be so, the question arises whether the basipodite be not divided in the Pericarida, whose thoracic endopodites also are flexed between the apparent third and fourth joints. But in that case their apical joint must represent the fused propodite and dactylopodite. With Calman, I am unable to regard the so-called “ stylopodite ” as more than an enlarged, terminal spine. If it be one of the primary members of the axis of the limb, it must represent the apical lobe, and the total number of joints in the axis becomes ten, as in the maxilliped of Calanus. 54 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE disappeared, either by fusion with the trunk or with the second joint, or perhaps sometimes by excalation. The fifth endite and those distal to it belong to that part of the limb which stands beyond the attachment of the flabellum, and represent the endopodite of the biramous limb. The maxille of Cerataspis and larval Natantia (text-figs. 15-18) seem to show that each of these endites is borne upon a portion of the limb which represents a single joint of the biramous appendage, and that the apical lobe is an unsegmented distal region of varying extent, corresponding to the dactylopodite and any adjacent segment or segments not represented by an endite. “ Text-figure 28. Guathobase of thoracic limb of Lepidurus sp. It is fair to assume that all these relations existed in the primitive crustacean appendage, and that the latter gave rise to the biramous limbs by a transformation in which the axis of the limb became jointed in the way indicated, the endites in great part or altogether disappeared, and the flabellum approximated in shape to the distal part of the axis and came to stand side by side with it at the end of the third (or, if the precoxa were not separate, the second) joint of the limb. 8. With the origina] phyllopod limb, thus reconstructed, the jaws of Malacostraca may be compared as follows:—In the MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 5D mandible, homologues must be found for the molar process, the incisor process, and the palp. The molar process pretty clearly represents the mandible of the Branchiopoda, and through that the gnathobase of the phyllopod limb. The grinding-surface of the mandible of Chirocephalus (text-fig. 30) is covered by two comma-shaped patches of fine ridges, each ridge consisting of a row of tubercles, which perhaps represent the rows of stout bristles upon the end of the gnathobases of the trunk-limbs of Notostraca (text-fig. 28). In places the ridges bear some hairs. The commas are reversed, so as to fit against one another, and one patch is narrower then the other and composed of coarser ridges. In view of its structure, position, and function, there can be little doubt that this organ is a specialized gnathobase. Text-figure 29. Text-figure 30. End view of maxillule of Lepas sp. End view of mandible of Chirocephalus sp. Two sets of ridges, very similar to those on the mandible of Chirocephalus, may be recognized at the end of the molar process in Nebalia (text-fig. 31), though here one is of less extent than the other, and seems largely to have been replaced by rows of delicate hairs. Fine ridges, as may be seen in the figures given by various authors, exist also upon the molar processes of various Malacostraca (Anaspides, Gammarus, etc.). In the Decapoda a crescentic or comma-shaped set of serrated ridges is often present (text-figs. 32, 43), with or without patches of hairs and granules, though they tend to disappear, and the molar surface is often broken up into a small number of large lobes. The ridges vary greatly in width, degree of salience, and serration, but are often 56- MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE much like those of Vebalia (text-figs. 38-43). Clearly, we have here the mandible of Chirocephalus in process of further evolution. The homology of the incisor process is more puzzling. No trace of it can be found in the Entomostraca. In Lepidurus (text- fig. 33) the end of the mandible, instead of being oval as in Chirocephalus, is elongate, tapering to one end, and slightly curved. It is crossed by deep ridges, few in number, and marked each by a few coarse tubercles. The narrow end stands away from the rest, bears three or four teeth instead of the ridges on the wider part, and somewhat suggests an incipient incisor process, but this is at the hinder end of the organ, whereas the incisor process of Malacostraca is anterior. It seems likely that Text-figure 31. End view of mandible of Nebalia sp. For lettering see p. 71. the biting-surface of the mandible of Notostraca represents one of the two sets of ridges found in the same position in Chiro- cephalus. In Calanus (text-fig. 35) the condition is not dissimilar. The biting surface is narrow, elongate, tapering towards the ends, especially towards the hinder end, and crossed by coarse ridges, variously tuberculate. At the anterior end stands a structure which at first sight a little recalls the incisor process, but in an end view of the mandible this is seen to be only the first ridge, removed a little from the rest and connected with them by a flange. The mandible of Cypris (text-fig. 34) is of the same type, but the anterior ridge is less outstanding and not MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 7 flanged to the next, the ridges are more regular, the valleys between them bear spines, and at the hinder end here is not, as in Calanus, a single long, fringed spine, but a pair. Probably the biting-surfaces of the mandibles of Calanus and Cypris are homologous with one another and with that of Lepedurus. The mandible of Zepas (text-figs. 26, 36) is a very different structure, thin, with a sharp, toothed edge, and in side view very similar to the incisor processes of Pere Decapoda. It is crossed near the base by an articulation, and it seems possible that its toothed edge represents, not the gnathobase, but the second endite. On the other hand, the maxillule of the barnacle (text-figs. 22, 29), which appears fae be built on the same plan, is of a fain width at the end, and crossed by short ridges, each bearing a row of five spines, so that this limb forms a sort of ti Seinon from the ridged condition of Cypris to that of Lepas. Unless the mandible of the barnacles be homologous with the incisor process, the latter Text-figure 32 End view of mandible of Desmocaris. For lettering see p. 71. is a structure peculiar to the Malacostraca, and not to be found even in rudiment upon the mandible of any other crustacean. Two modes of origin can be suggested for it. It may be regarded either as an outgrowth from the gnathobase or as representing the second endite. On the whole, the latter is the more plausible view. From its first appearance in WVebalia (text-figs. 27, 31) this process has a knife-edge, quite unlike the ridged surface of the molar process and its homologues, although it often comes to hear a row of teeth. As has been shown, there is no trace in phylogeny of its origin from the proximal part of the limb, and, though in ontogeny (as, for instance, in that of Penwus or the Stomatopoda) it and the molar process may originate from the same simple precursor, this is no more than the “differentiati ion, in the course of development, of the rudiment of the appendage, and happens also in the case of the palp. If this view be correct, 58 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON 'THE the basal joint of the mandible of Malacostraca corresponds to the fused precoxa and coxopodite. Those of Branchiopoda represent the precoxa only, the rest of the limb having dis- appeared. The basal segment of Copepoda, again, corresponds to no more than the precoxa, the coxopodite being represented Text-figure 33. Text-figure 34. Text-figure 35. Text-figure 36. Text-fig. 33. End view of mandible of Lepidurus sp. ” 34. End view of mandible of Cypris sp. 3 385. End view of mandible of Calanus sp. » 986. End view of mandible of Lepas sp. by the little segment between that which bears the biting-edge and that upon which stand the exopodite and endopodite in Calanus (text-fig. 24). In Ostracoda (text-fig. 25), it would seem, the coxopodite must either have been excalated altogether or MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEHMONID PRAWNS. 59 have fused with one of the adjoining segments. The mandibular palp represents the remainder of the axis of the limb. Its first segment is undoubtedly the basipodite, though there is nothing to show whether it is a’complete symbasipodite. Often a joint divides the remainder into two parts, but these cannot be regarded as corresponding with any of the normal segments of the endopodite *. The mandible of the Crustacea is an exceedingly complicated, varied, and interesting organ, presenting many problems and worthy of a great deal more attention than it has received. Text-figure 37, Text-figure 39. Text-figure 38. Text-fig. 37. Left mandible of Leander serratus. 9 38. End view of molar process of the same limb. A 39. End view of right mandible of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. The laciniz of the malacostracan maxillule (text-fig. 46) repre- sent the first and third endites. This is suggested, though hardly proved, by the condition of the limb in Webalia. Hansen has shown that in various other genera the lacinie belong to the first * G. W. Smith (Q. J. M.S. liii., iii. p. 506, 1909) describes a mandibular palp in Paranaspides which would be quite unique among such structures in the Malacostraca, having four joints and an exopodite. JI am unable to confirm this. All the specimens in the British Museum have three joints and no trace of exopodite. 60 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE and third segments. In many Decapoda, as in Leander (text- fig. 46) the same fact is clear upon careful examination. I shall call the processes in question the inner and outer lacinie. The outwardly-directed lobe which is often present upon the first segment has been regarded by various authors as the exopodite, and the conclusion drawn that the part of the limb proximal to the basipodite is lacking. It is hard to see upon what evidence this view can be based. The exite is much more easily inter- preted as a proepipodite. It is represented in Leander by a hump upon the base of the first endite. Text-figure 40. Text-figure 41. ay 2 SS GRAS Were re Nh ¢ ) \\’ - a RR o Text-figure 42. Text-figure 43. Text-fig. 40. End view of left mandible of Conchodytes tridacne. 4 41. End view of left molar process of Periclimenes spiniferus. a 42. Oblique view of end of right molar process of the same species. 43. Same view of right wolar process of Saron marmoratus. The two cleft lobes usually known as the “lacini#” of the maxilla (text-figs. 14-17) are each equivalent not, as has some- times been supposed, to one of the elementary segments of the limb, but to two, and thus they together represent the first four endites of the primitive limb. This interpretation is strongly suggested by such appendages as the maxille of larval Penzeides (text-fig. 16) and especially by that of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15), and is not contradicted by the fact that articulations are often MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 61 not developed between the first and second or between the third and fourth segments—as, for instance, in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17), which is an instructive case of this condition. ‘The first endite is frequently absent, whether or not its segment be present as a separate entity. In the Peracarida, the number of endites is generally reduced in this way to three (or fewer, if another of them be absent), though the Mysidacea at first appear to form an exception. In JM; Wee however, closer examination reveals a con- dition which may be described as follows. ‘The edge of the second segment proximal to its endite is rounded, meets the base of the endite in a notch, and bears a row of bristles which is continued from the notch across the origin of the endite. The notch forms an outline which simulates the cleft lobe formed in Hucarida by the first two endites. If this suggestion be correct, the Mysi- dacea, liike other Peracarida, must be regarded as having lost the first endite of the maxilla. In Leptostraca (text-fig. 14), Anaspi- dacea, Stomatopoda (text-fig. 19), and typical members of the Eucarida (text-figs. 15-17), it is present. The degree to which the first and second, and again the second and third, endites are associated to form cleft lobes varies, and is highest in some Decapoda. I shall allude to these double structures—the so- called ‘“‘lacinie” of the maxilla—as the first and second lobes. The first comprises the endites of the precoxa and coxopodite, the second those of the basipodite. The fifth endite is often represented in the adult by a slight swelling at the base of the endopodite. The exopodite (scaphognathite) is a little-modified flabellum, and a small rounded lobe proximal to it in Eucarida perhaps represents the epipodite. In the first maxuliped of Decapoda (text-fig. 48) the third and second endites are distinct. The latter is often marked by a shght notch, which, however, is not likely to indicate the presence of the first endite, the precoxa being probably fused with the body in the thoracic segments of this group. Jn Anaspides, as is Shown by the history of the development of the gill-rudiments (text-fig. 12), the first and second endites are both present, and the basal joint carries also two epipodites, from which it would appear that the precoxa in this genus is fused with the coxopodite. The Peracarida probably agree with Anaspides in this respect, as they have two epipodites (oostegite and gill) upon the basal joints of the thoracic limbs. Endites may be present upon the endopodite of the maxilliped in the Peracarida, as in Mysis (and perhaps also in Gammarus, but in the latter there is some doubt about the identity of the apparent ischiopodite which bears the endite in question: see footnote to p- 53). Knobs bearing bristles which sometimes appear upon the coxopodites of the second and third maxilliped of prawns (text-figs. 49, 50) may represent the second endite, and a similar knob in the sternal region at the base of the second maxilliped may be a vestige of the gnathobase. 62 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE III. 1. The mandible of the Palemonide (text-fig. 37) is deeply cleft into two diverging processes, both directed obliquely towards the median plane of the body. One of these—the incisor process —is a thin structure, more or less ribbon-like in the Pontoniinz and Desmocaris (text-figs. 32, 40), but shorter and broader in Leander serratus (text-fig. 37). It trends, at its base, downwards, but curves inwards and at the same time twists its outer edge forwards, so that, while at its base it is nearly vertical, with its width transverse to the body, at its free end it is nearly horizontal, with its width longitudinal to the body. The other—the molar process —is stout and subrectangular in section, and slants dorsally, to end somewhat obliquely truncated on the median plane. In the Paleemonine a delicate palp, usually three-jointed, stands on the anterior side of the limb, at the base of and just dorsal to the incisor process, along whose outer edge it curves towards the middle line of the body. The only Pontoniine which possess a mandibular palp are Urocaridella and Paleemonella. In these it is two-jointed. The incisor process of Pontoniinz usually ends in three teeth, the midmost of which is shorter than the others, but there are sometimes more. Thus in Coralliocaris japonica there are four on one mandible and five on the other, and in Conchodytes tridacne (text-fig. 40) there are on one side five, nearly equal, and on the other six. In Leander serratus (text-fig. 45) there are two large teeth, with on the right mandible one, and on the left two, smaller intermediate teeth. In Desmocaris (text-fig. 32) there are four teeth on the right and five on the left mandible, those at the outer ends of the row being rather larger than the others. In each case the arrangement is not such that the teeth of the two sides can closely interlock. The molar process of most Palemonide (text-figs. 38-42) ends in a roughly square concave surface, around which is an incomplete wall composed of from four to six projecting lobes. Some of these have crescentie or horseshoe-shaped rims, with their open sides towards the middle of the process. Others are completely rimmed, but raised more on the outer side than on the inner. In Leander serratus (text-figs. 38, 39) there are four sharply distinct lobes. The lobes differ a good deal in shape, and there is only a general corre- spondence between those of the mandibles of the two sides, So far as this correspondence goes, it is not the mirror-likeness usually found in paired structures, but the two arrangements are reversed, so that there is a rough sort of interlocking. In L. serratus the lobes are only roughened in places. In the Pontoniinz one lobe, and part of the rest of the surface, bears a fur of bristles or is roughened by tubercles. This, I believe, is the last remains of the clothing of bristles found on the end of the molar processes of other Carides, such as the Alpheide. In the primitive Palemonid Desmocaris (text-fig. 32) the process MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 63 ends in asemicircular surface, which bears a comma-shaped patch of serrated ridges. Sollaud, who called attention to the difference between the molar surfaces of Desmocaris and those of other Palemonide *, pointed out that these ridges also occur in the Acanthephyride, and regarded them as a primitive feature. In this he is probably right, since, as 1 have shown, a similar arrangement is found in Nebalia and certain Branchiopoda. In Amphibeteus and some Hippolytide (text-fig. 43) part of the surface 1s covered with such ridges and part with bristles, and lobes of various shapes are appearing. We.have here probably a transition from the ridged condition to that which is found, for instance, in Pontoniine. Text-figure 44. Text-figure 45. Text-fig. 44.—Ventral view of mouth-parts of Leander serratus after removal of maxillipeds, maxillw, and left maxillule. Text-fig. 45.—The same after removal of maxillules and paragnatha. For lettering see p. 71. 2. The mandibles lie (text-figs. 44, 45) in a chamber enclosed between the lips, the hood-like labrum standing in front of them, and the large bilobed metastoma behind, while the swollen bases of the mandibles themselves close in the chamber at the sides. * C,R. Ac, Sci. clii. p. 913 (1911). 64 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE There are two openings to the lip-chamber—a narrow median shit between the lobes (paragnatha) of the metastoma and a wider transverse gap between the metastoma and the labrum. The incisor processes close the transverse opening, meeting in the middle line. The molar processes meet deeper in the chamber, just under the opening of the gullet. 3. In the maxillule (text-fig. 46), the inner lacinia, which is usually the narrower of the two, curves towards the outer and is provided with relatively feeble bristles. The outer lacinia has very stout, yellow bristles and is probably the only structure, other than the mandible, which is capable of tearing the food. The endopodite is bifid at the tip, the proximal branch, which possibly represents an endite, being curved in a short spiral, the distal branch nearly straight. The maxillules stand close against the paragnatha (text-fig. 44), the lacinie of each opposed to those of the other across the median line, but not quite meeting them. Text-figure 46. Maxillule of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. The inner lacinizw are just behind the cleft of the metastoma, the outer stand beside the cleft. The endopodite is directed outwards and hooks its curved process around the outer edge of the paragnathum, which has a notch to receive it. Probably this gives a purchase for the action of the limb. 4, In the maxilla (text-fig. 47), the first double lobe has disappeared and is represented only by a slight swelling of the edge of the limb. The second lobe is of good length, but tends to become simple in the Pontoniine. In this respect it is very variable, the maxille of the two sides sometimes differing in an individual. From the frequent occurrence of reduction in the lobes of this hmb in the Carides, it would seem that they are struetures of no great physiological importance. The endopodite is of simple shape, tapering distally, and the exopodite (scapho- gnathite) varies in shape and width with the gill-chamber, and 65 MOUTH=PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. thus with the habit of body. The long bristles which fringe the scaphognathite are feathered, which probably makes the organ more efficient in sweeping the gill-chamber. Text-figure 47, Zijyp 1 Maxilla of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. Text-figure 48. CX = First maxilliped of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. 5. In the first maxilliped (text-fig. 48), two endites—the second and third—are nearly always recognizable, and usually : 5 Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. V. 66 MR. Le A. BORRADAILE ON THE separated by a very distinct notch. The notch in the proximal endite, though less distinct, can often be made out. The endo- podite is simple with a stout bristle near the top, and often indications of a joint a little further down. At the tip of the exopodite a few small joints may be present and at its base on the outer side is a fringed lobe (lobe a of Boas) which varies in width with the body and has perhaps some function in regard to the current which the scaphognathite sets up in the gill-chamber. Its bristles are feathered like those of the scaphognathite. The epipodite varies much in size, and its outer border is usually notched. . 6. In the second maxilliped (text-fig. 49), the main axis consists of six joints, the basipodite and ischiopodite being fused. Text-figure 49. AN sé ZA SS, SJ Cox Second maxilliped of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. The last two joints are bent strongly backwards on the inner side of the limb, so as to lie parallel with the ischiopodite, and, owing to the backward (morphologically forward) growth of a process of the propodite on the outer (morphologically inner) side of the dactylopodite, the latter comes to lie along the median side of the former, instead of at its apex. Thus these two joints are compacted into a firm plate, which presents a long median margin, fringed with bristles, against its fellow of the opposite side. This is, of course, the typical caridean condition of the limb. The exopodite is obscurely annulate in the greater part of its length, and bears at the end a comparatively small number of true joints. The coxopodite carries on the outer side a simple epipodite (mastigobranch), at the base of which may be a gill (Leander, Urocaridella) or the vestige of one. On the median side MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ.MONID PRAWNS. 67 of the coxopodite is a knob, which bears bristles, and may represent an endite. A sternal swelling which is sometimes present at the base of the coxopodite may represent a precoxal endite. 7. The main axis of the third. maxilliped (text-fig. 50) consists of four or five joints (five in Leander and in Urocaridella, four in Text-figure 50. ST isc.mer Dw Third maxilliped of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71. most Pontoniine), the propodite being always fused with the dactylopodite and the ischiopodite with the meropodite, and often also the basipodite with the ischiomeropodite, in which case the junction is generally marked by a notch. The coxopodite bears on the outside a small rounded epipodite, and often on the inside rym D ra 68 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE a bristly knob which is perhaps an endite. The exopodite is obseurely annulate, and at its end there are usually a few longer segments which are sometimes true joints, but in other cases appear to be marked merely by a change in the width of the organ and the attachment of bristles. ‘I'he ischiomeropodite is almost always more or less curved, with the concave side towards the middle line of the body. It is ribbon-like and shows in the Pontoniine a tendency to widen. The curving of this joint brings the last two joints near to those of the fellow limb, so Text-figure 51. ey > S. ~ 7 | Ventral view of mouth-region of Leander serratus, all mouth-parts . being in place. that, while the ischiomeropodites le at the sides of the mouth with a wide gap between them in which the second maxillipeds are exposed, the distal parts of the limbs lie side by side in front of the mouth-region. = ce ey a 4 a itt ae aed a, a , ri , 4 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 95 EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. February 6th, 1917. Prof. KE. W. MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November and December 1916 :— NOVEMBER. The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November were 60 in number. Of these 50 were acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, and 2 by purchase. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 115. ; Amongst the additions special attention may be directed UOn— 2 Grizzly Bears (Ursus horribilis), from North America, deposited on November 21st. DECEMBER, The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December were 27 in number. Of these 15 were acquired by presentation, and 12 were received on deposit. The number of departures during the same period, by deaths and removals, was 120. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed UO} 1 Sing-Sing Waterbuck (Cobus defassa) 3, from W. Africa, deposited on December 8th. 1 Kashmir Deer (Cervus hanglu) 2, from Kashmir, presented by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G. Mr. EDWARD GERRARD, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, exhibited a mounted specimen of a bird bred and reared in captivity under conditions in which it seemed certain that it was a hybrid between a male Thrush (Zurdus musicus) and a female Black- bird (Merula merula). 96 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE February 20th, 1917. Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1917 :— The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of January were 118 in number. Of these 49 were acquired by presentation, 58 were received on deposit, 5 by purchase, 4 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 128. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed tO— 1 White-bellied Hedgehog (Frinaceus albiventris), new to the Collection, from Dakar, Senegal, presented by Mrs. C. H. A. Reaney on January 20th. 1 Greater Double-collared Sunbird (Cinnyris afer), new to the Collection, from South Africa, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.5., on January 4th. ‘ 1 Three-lined Snake (Zvimerorhinus triteniatus), new to the Collection, from Nakuro, British East Africa, presented by R. Holmes on January 19th. 12 Beautiful Tree-Frogs (Hyla pulchella), new to the Collection, from Cordova, Argentine, presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S.. on January 29th. —_—- —— Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited the trachea from a male Anseranas semipalmata, showing its extra- ordinary convolution, which had been described by Latham so long ago as 1797. The exhibitor stated that neither in this species nor in Phonygama keraudreni, another species with a greatly developed convoluted trachea, did the birds produce any great volume of sound,,such as might be expected from so elaborate an arrangement. Notes from the Caird Insect House. Mr. C. J. C. Poon, Assistant Curator of Insects, read the following notes upon species bred and exhibited :—_ LEPIDOPTERA. The Magpie Moth (Abraxas grossulariata). Vast numbers of larvee were collected in North London district CAIRD INSECT HOUSE, 97 | and turned out upon Huonymus plants. This species is a good exhibit as it is visible in all stages. A long series of varieties have been preserved and are now exhibited. he larve display considerable variation of colour, some of them being almost completely black. I was advised to isolate these melanic forms with the idea of producing some unusually dark imagos. I selected 73 melanic larvae, but the results were disappointing, and I found the adults merely, varied like those bred from unselected larve. ODONATA. Dragen-flies in the earlier stages have done well in the tanks. The following species have been bred :—#schna grandis, 4. jun- cea, Brachytron pratense, Libellula quadrimaculata, Orthetrwm cerulescens, and Agrion puella. Specimens have been preserved, together with the nymph skms from which they emerged. We have no difficulty in rearing these creatures, as they feed upon other insects bred in the tanks; our trouble begins with the emergence of the Dragon-fly, which is a very fastidious feeder and will only take insects in active flight in hot sunshine. The right conditions are obtainable only in an outdoor en- closure, which we hope to provide later, to exhibit these creatures during their natural adult life, which varies from one to three months. COLEOPTERA. Teratological specimens. Tetropium gabrieli. Some larch logs were received from Sutton Park, Staffordshire, infested with Jarvee of this species. One adult specimen, which emerged im the house, has mal- formed antenne, the right member of the pair baving an additional branch consisting of five joints. Donacia linearis. Specimens were collected at Waltham Abbey and exhibited on reeds in a shallow tank. . One specimen has ten instead of eleven joints to the antenne, the eighth joint on each side being almost equal in length to joints 8 and 9 of a normal specimen. Bananas as Food for beetles. The problem of providing suitable food for various species of Coleoptera, whose ordinary feeding-habits are as different as Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. VII. a 98 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE those of the lion and the lamb, has been solved in the Insect House by using the banana. The following list of beetles and their ordinary foods, from which, under natural conditions, some of these insects are rarely, if ever, found very far distant, will form an interesting record of species which during the years 1915-1916 have been found to thrive partly or wholly upon this fruit :— Voracious ground-beetles. Carabus violaceus. BS nemoralis. glabratus. as auratus. catenulatus. 9? Calosoma inguisitor. Pierostichus vulgaris, ater. S madidus. Harpalus ruficornis. 99 Aquatic species. Hydrophilus piceus. Wood-boring species. Dorcus parallelopipedus. Saperda carcharias. Clytus mysticus. » arietes. Aromia moschata. fylobius abietis. fTylesinus crenatus. Scolytus destructor. >» tntricatus, EKlater pomone. Dung-feeding species. Geotrupes spiniger. stercorarwus. 29 # sylvaticus. ‘; typhaus. Plant-feeding species. Chrysomelu fastwosa. grams. hyperice. 9? 9) Ordinary Food. Usually other insects. ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” 9 re) oe) ’ ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” oe) ” ” General scavenger, vegetable or animal matter, Moist rotten wood (comes to sugar). Foliage and bark of young stems of poplar. Hawthorn blossom. 85 Flowers ; sap and foliage of willow. Fir bark. Ash bark. Elm bark. Oak bark. Flowers in summer (larva in decayed beech). Horse-dung or decayed fungi. Rabbit-dung. Leaves of sallow. Leaves of sallow and wild mint. : Leaves and flowers of hypericum. CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 99 Adult Insects which do not feed. It is well known that many species of Lepidoptera, of which the Atlas Moth of India is a good example, are incapable of feeding in the adult state. The larva, when full fed, having enclosed itself in a protective cocoon and changed to the pupa, has provided itself with sufficient nourishment to sustain it over the very often far distant period of short, 1f energetic, adult life. The length of life varies according to temperature, which if high will produce great nocturnal activity, quickly exhausting the energy of the insect. Prof..H. M. Lefroy says these creatures usually become a complete wreck in three nights in the tropics. I have frequently kept them alive and in almost perfect con- dition for from 10 to 16 days by transferring them to a cooler case immediately after emergence from the cocoon. Little has ever been written about the feeding-habits of Coleoptera belonging to the Longicorn group, often “referred to as wood-feeders, which is generally only” correct as regards the lavve. I have studied these beetles alive, both in the field and in captivity, and 16 is my opinion that in their feeding-habits as adults we must regard them under two headings, viz., those which feed upon flowers or foliage of various plants and trees and those which, like the Atlas Moths, do not feed at all. Those which feed may be seen in active flight or settled upon their food-plants in hot sunshine The following list includes the nocturnal species teste@in the Insect House, and which I have failed to attract with any of the foods which appeal to the diurnal species :— Prionus coriarius. Asemum striatum. Tetropium gabrieli. Criocephalus polonicus. ” rUsticus. Haperiments with living Specimens of the Sexton Beetles Necrophorus humator (black) and N. ruspator (ved and black) . Offered as food to the following animals in the small Mammal house —— Egyptian Mongoose.—Seized and devoured both species without hesitation. 8S. American Coati.—Lost sight of the first beetle, but after- wards sniffed and followed its trail right across the cage. It then picked up the beetle.in its mouth, and, after spitting it out several tines, finally devoured it, 100 MR. R. TIT. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF e The White Marmoset.—This little animal never vefuses an inset, but there was some hesitation about attacking these foul- smelling beetles. However, its love of insect-fool overcame everything else, and after aen sniffing and spitting two were devour ed. The Meercats.—Smelt, but would not touch, either species. T often feed these animals with such species as Dytiscws mar- ginalis, Carabus violaczus, and Cleotrupes sylvaticus. Crpuchin Monkeys.—'These animals seized both species readily. One Pea monkey satisfied herself with eating some of the numerous parasitic mites from the body of the beetle. A male monkey ate three beetles, and then stole and devoured the one held by the female. . ———— ———— = March 6th, 1917. Dr. S. F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Work of the Beavers in the Soctety’s Gardens. Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.B.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave an exhibition “heise by lamter n- des to show the work a the Beavew® in the old enclosure in the Gardens, and remarked :— “ Until the middle of 1913 the pair of Canadian Beavers had shown no special activities of any kind, apart from felling in characteristic manner the tree-trunks erected for that purpose. In the summer of 1913, however, a shallow pool appeared in the surface-clay of their enclosure. This they proceeded to deepen and widen by digging out the bottom and sides. They carried away the excavated clay and plastered it in different places, especially up against the fence. From the enlarged pool they drove an open channel through the soil for about a couple of yards; but this they soon roofed over with small logs and straw plastered with mud, so that their subsequent operations were concealed from view. But from the end of the channel and continuous with it, as it afterwards transpired, they dug out a burrow nearly three yards in length and passing under the root of a witch elm. The first intimation we had of this was the appearance of a hole, smaller than a rabbit’s burrow, close to the fence on the side remote from the pool where the channel started. ‘This hole they built up with tufts of straw and a small log or two, possibly to prevent the clay falling in. / When I opened ane burrow to satisfy myself, that it was not being carried beneath the fence, it appeared to me that the hole BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 101 at the end was a ventilator. At all events no attempt had been male to enlarge it for exit or entry, and the part of the burrow it Opened into was a comparatively large chamber, wide enough for the beavers to turn about in and deep enough for them to immerse themselves under the water. The narrower part of the Text-figure 1. AY DRY 1 ( IPORTION G Ses y gr ae _H \ y gu yNo-n me - E PY ale EN Seat LANDING PLACE., Plan of the old enclosure for Beavers, showing the work done by the animals. burrow was from 13 to 2 ft. wide and about 2 ft. deep from the surface of the ground, the soil of its roof being only a few inches thick. It was rather more than half full of water, continuous with that of the pool at the entrance, which we subsequently found proceeded from a burst underground pipe. 102 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF In the evening of the day on which the burrow was opened one of the beavers started to repair the damage done, using straw, branches, and mud for the purpose. The task occupied him off and on the whole of the day following. He dug up the wet clay from the bottom of the burrow and plastered it with his paws over the straw and branches which he had previously laid in place to roof the open channel. From that date until the summer of 1916 the burrow was left undisturbed and two litters were born in it. The beavers, how- ever, were never idle. Working from the pool, at the entrance of the burrow, they dug out a ch: vaael | in an opposite direction from the first, but roughly in the same line for a few yards, then turned it with a sharp bend towards the artificial pond in the centre of the enclosure. This channel was roofed over in the same way as the first. In the meantime they had excavated a trench up against the concrete wall of this pong on the side where the burrow was situated. and the roofed-in channel was continued till it communicated with this trench, which was deep enough for the beavers to swim in except at one or two places on the margin where shallow landing-places were made, So long as the beavers were pa with straw, branches, and logs, they employed them continually for str enothening the roof of the burrow or heightening the roof of the terminal portion up against the fence. When the enclosure was done away with in 1916, this portion where the burrow ended was found to consist of a comparatively large chamber partly filled with water; but ats the very end towards the trunk of the witch elm above referred to, there was a flat dry platform above the level of the water and about large enough to accommodate two beavers and their young. There was no bedding on this platform, merely a scanty covering of wood-chips. This part of the burrow was ventilated through chinks in the fence left open by the beavers, and from it a narrow passage, ending blindly, ran in the divection of the trench, and would probably have been carried through to it, giving the burrow a second entrance. The main points in the str eal of the burrow are shown in the plan of the enclosure (fig. 1, p. 101). The circular central area is the brick-house eae by the concrete pond, and the mud path is a beaten track along which the beavers used to carry the mud to pile up against the fence. I have watched the beavers at work night after night, and can confirm the observation of others as to their methods and activities. They carry mud in their fore-paws tucked up against the throat and chin and walk the while flat-footed on ea hind feet, with a kind of awkward waddle, the tail trailing behind and acting as a support and balance. Mud is laid on with the fore- paws to fill up chinks between branches and left to dry. It is never smeared over or pressed down with the tail, but sometimes it is jammed tightly home with the muzzle. . BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 103 In the warmer months of the year the beavers seem to be pervaded with a restless energy, driving them to work with the materials at hand, whether there was anything to achieve or not. Their industry is certainly wonderful; but I was equally struck by the amount of absolutely aimless work they put in. Time and again I have seen a beaver, with infinite labour, haul a log out of the pond, pull it over the rough ground up to the top of the burrow and lay it there; then seizing it again, tug it back to the spot he started from. I have never seen any indication of intelligent co-operation between two beavers in shitting a log too heavy for one. If two get hold of the same log they do not work together and haul it in one direction, but tug and push in such a way that the efforts of the one counteract those of the other.” a ne \ Pos Malar oe i a r t ‘ i * 7 A te ’ e - 2 ~ ‘ i" * % " ' ‘ , o . - a! f ‘ . = ee cae! . a we : 7 s L A ¥ | - ’ PaaS: 1917, ABEIS ak GHUMiE RASC Ole tet: pct HA gy digant « P.Z.S. 1917, Al pre nf Sl mel bt Ame CHIMERA COLLIEI. oO re: ni ake _ S % lap pnb plo fin cr PY 2. = ' . , ' 2 P.Z S.. 1917, SANE sree eal CEMA RASCOREREI: : CHIMARA COLLIEI. ; vies: am P.Z.S 1917, ALLIS aes iin GHIMERA COLL TE: ace: ae % ‘ a 3 E i} ' ; * @ ecioRdrocrantum or the actait ‘ " SS F a mn } ay a - Tentro-anterrmebeand nob anteriorly as Tet r mit * S11 psa, aera biaded. to « Orked ax pend Ghat priiartss instedt Of as it the Selachii, etl graduaily wequiling ese approxy nately in the line peels: ed of the parachordals.. VPiy chondp6tranium of Phiten ts these earl ly stages has: rag) tunatery net been described. [I®hhas, however, been deg these stay res Th certain of @he Jelhehi 11, and af sligl| tly | in Callor ? ms os ‘ang gg eiees must be mqde-to t ié ‘tii s| befor Tn PS athias and lence probably i infall ag achii, the cranial g at when t th¢ Seo es begins to chondrify Phat mertzoffs (Lad97 figures af embryos of these fhe and the enclosed notochord project slightly into i hollow .gf the mesocephalic flexure (plica ence phali ventri von Kupffer, 1906). The trabecule cannot, agtor ling r; aad dowK in the line pr longed of gre paracghordn is SUA, _presq igtheNhoormal relations to the vefttral syfface of thesaraie’ they at fNxt | angles to § thordats end slightly posterior to ends. ‘The marked cranial flexufe at this stage al agg prosvisceretp@the¥ tla lie anterior: arch, and“the palatoquadrete and mangibula, whiph either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular ne wh ae 2 ee a oe ae . iy - ne . : : . Fe Stites ERP A with paatts of the SHS ost OUSPOr MrIOVe fat Maes Sheets, lie, w her first laid down, at Agent ng bO . © i} i ° } ; i : H i the Hie ee oi, Peete Fen Ce nea my aw * a ae one + a, + cm S) ON THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. 105 PAPERS. 7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium§ of Chimera collie. By Epwarp PueLps ALLIs, Jun., E.Z.S [ Received December 27, 1916; Read March 20, 1917.) (Plates I.-ITI.*) INDEX. Page Structure or Morphology ......5..02..000 fi. cco ses 10D The prechordal portion of the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera is directed ventro-anteriorly, and not anteriorly as Hubrecht’s (1877) figure of this fish would lead one to suppose. This is unquestionably due to the trabecule having been first Jaid down at a marked angle to the parachordals, and to their having retained, to a marked extent, that primitive position, instead of, as in the Selachii, later gradually acquiring a position approximately in the line prolonged of the parachordals. ‘The chondrocranium of Chimera at these early stages has unfor- tunately not been described. It has, however, been described at these stages in certain of the Selachii, and at slightly later stages in Callorhynchus, and reference must be made to the conditions in these embryos of these fishes before describing those in the adult Chimera. SELACHITI. In Acanthias and Pristiurus, and hence probably in all of the Selachu, the cranial flexure is so great when the neurocranium begins to chondrify that, as shown in Sewertzoff’s (1899) figures of embryos of these fishes, the parachordals and the enclosed notochord project shghtly into the hollow of the mesocephalic flexure (plica encephali ventralis, von Kupffer, 1906). The trabecule cannot, accordingly, be laid down in the line pro- longed of the parachordals, and, preserving their normal relations to the ventral surface of the brain, they at first lie at right angles to the parachordals and slightly posterior to their anterior ends. ‘The marked cranial flexure at this stage also affects the position of all the visceral arches that he anterior to the hyal arch, and the palatoquadrate and mandibula, which represent either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular arch alone, or that bar together with parts of the bars of one or more pre- mandibular arches, lie, when first laid down, at right angles to the trabecule, and hence in a nearly horizontal instead of a * For explanation of the Plates see p. 148. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. VIII. 8 aS ' . 1 y © i - 7 ae - ' , : : re — : ‘ - ' 7 os a ; : > ee - 7 : 7 = >. = 7 - ' — 7 ' e. Pf 1 : 7 = . ‘ i ‘ 7 ’ - - - iad a 2 sas - i i; ~< eA a = ‘ * ay 7 i ' - fa - t a + , 7 ’ - + SS : + — — S- —_— + = 7 7 ; - ‘ = = = = -_=—= = — —_ 7 = - - Eee F. 7 P| = ~ ; - 7 = = co . a cy A . Y Hy a : 1 ca) 4 : a 7 - ‘ a 7 — yoy 7 7 ad ie — : St 4 t fe é t . ‘ fi 7 7 ~— ‘ _ 7 1 ~ 4 7 = ; - 7 7 oe ‘ 2 5 ‘ : : 2 45 106 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON vertical position. Because of this, and also. because of the relatively much greater development of these bars, they have crowded the bars of the more posterior arches posteriorly to such an extent that their dorsal ends lie in the auditory and spinal regions. ‘The sphenolateral cartilage of either side (ali- sphenoid, Sewertzo{) lies, at this stage, in the horizontal plane of the parachordals, lateral to the hollow of the plica encephali ventralis. The nervi facialis, trigeminus, and ophthalmicus profundus all ran outward postero- dorsal to this cartilage, the oculomotorius and opticus, and apparently also the trochlearis, running outward antero-ventral to it. In slightly older stages an ethmoidal cartilage is developed, which begins at a point ventral to the lateral edge of the trabecula of its side, and ventral to the eyeball, and runs dorso-anteriorly dorsal to the nasal sac. When the cranial flexure later becomes reduced, there is first formed, in Pristiwrus, and hence probably in all the Selachii, a pronounced pontial flexure, but this flexure also becomes later reduced, and almost entirely disappears in the adult. During these changes the trabecule curve forward, or forward and upward, following the curved veftral surface of the brain, and this change in their direction and position affects the mandibular branchial bars, which, retaining their perpendicular relations to the trabecule, swing downward and forward, and so acquire a position vertically beneath the latter cartilages. These mandi- bular bars had apparently already become attached to the hyal bars by connective or hgamentous tissues, and the latter bars and the bars of the branchial arches had become similarly attached to each other both dorsal and ventral to the branchial clefts. When the mandibular bars swung downward and forward they accordingly pulled on the more posterior bars, but as the dorsal ends of the hyaland branchial bars, and the ventral ends of the latter bars, had become attached to tissues in the region where they lay, they were relatively fixed in position, and the middle elements, alone, of each bar could be moved forward, the branchial clefts of. course shifting forward with them. This gave rise to the sigma form of branchial bar actually found in the adults of these fishes. In the Teleostomi, where there is but little cranial flexure when the neurocranium begins to chondrify, the trabecule are laid down in the line prolonged of the para- chordals. The mandibular branchial bars were accordingly there laid down approximately in a vertical position, and the bars of the more posterior arches, not being pushed poster lorly by them, retained their primitive attachment in the cranial region. The sigma form of arch was accordingly not impressed upon the bars of the branchial arches of these fishes. The trabecule, in the older embryos described by Sewertzoff, have fused with each other in the median line anterior to the pituitary body, and been prolonged, as a wide median plate, to the nasal region. There the plate contracts abruptly and is THE SKULL OF CHIMARA, 107 prolonged between the nasal sacs as a narrow rostral stalk in Acanthias, but as a wide internasal plate in Pristiurus, the two structures evidently being, as they are said by Sewertzoff to be, strictly homologous. Anterior to the nasal sacs this stalk or plate expands laterally, on either side, and in dcanthias forms the rostral plate of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, a median keel- shaped ridge projecting ventrally from its ventral surface and being continuous with a similar ridge on the ventral surface of the rostral stalk. In Pristiurus the rostral plate is said by Sewertzoff to be represented in the three bars of the rostral basket, the keel of the plate of Acanthias representing the middle bar of the basket of Pristiwrus, and the lateral portions of the plate representing the lateral bars. This I consider to be an erroneous interpretation of the conditions, the rostral plate of Acanthias certainly including, with the three bars of the rostral basket of Pristiurus, the narrow strip of cartilage that, in the latter fish, runs laterally immediately anterior to the nasal sac and is called by Sewertzoff the cartilage c. This cartilage c is said by Sewertzoff to not yet be developed in the oldest embryos of Acanthias examined by him, but to be found in the adult as a bar of cartilage that cuts the fenestra olfactoria of embryos into two parts, the lateral one being the definitive foramen olfac- torium, and the mesial one the basal communication canal of Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the adults of certain of. the Selachii. The large perforation of either side of the floor of the rostral basket of Pristivrus is accordingly said, in accord with Gegenbaur’s earlier conclusion, to be a basal communicating canal strictly similar to the one found in the adult Acanthias, but greatly enlarged and shifted forward; this large perforation of the rostral basket of this fish, and the large opening that actually transmits the nervus olfactorius, thus together repre- senting the fenestra olfactoria of embryos of Acanthias. In an earlier work (Allis, 1913), I came to the conclusion that these perforations of the rostral basket of the Carchariidee and Scyllide were not basal communicating canals, and that they were ‘probably ... simply defects in the cartilage (of the rostrum) due to the presence of the Jarge number of ampulle found in this region in these fishes,” and this conclusion I consider to be confirmed by conditions that I have since found in one specimen of Acanthias blainvillii. In this specimen there is a basal com- municating canal in normal position on each side of the head, and on one side of the head the rostral process is perforated by an irregular opening certainly strictly homologous to the per- forations found in the Carchariide and Scylliide; and there are numerous ampulle lying opposite the perforation. The cartilage ¢ of Pristiurus thus certainly corresponds to a part of the rostral plate of Acanthias, and the two cartilages of Pristiwrus, one on either side of the head, can, for convenience, he together called the rostral plate, although they represent only a part of that plate as found in dcanthias. This plate and its stalk, gx 108 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON in both these fishes, lie, at this age, in the line prolonged of the trabecular plate, and each lateral end of the narrow plate of the one (Pristiurus), and each postero-lateral corner of the broad plate of the other (Acanthias), turns dorso-posteriorly as a band- like process which passes dorsal to the nervus olfactorius and dorsal to the nasal sac, and, fusing posteriorly with the anterior ends of both the ethmoidal and sphenolateral cartilages, forms the dorsal boundary of the opening that transmits the nervus olfactorius ; the sphenolateral cartilage quite certainly not taking any part in the formation of the actual boundary of the opening. This opening will be hereafter called the fenestra olfactoria in both these fishes, notwithstanding that it is said by Sewertzoff to be later subdivided into a foramen olfactorium and a basal com- municating canal in Acanthias, and to represent the definitive foramen olfactorium in Pristiurus. The nasal capsule of either side, as shown in Sewertzoft’s figures, is represented by a curved plate of cartilage which encircles the basal portion of the anterior and lateral surfaces of the nasal sac and projects ventrally from the ventro-lateral surface of the rostral plate. It is completely fused, by its dorsal edge, with the rostral plate, but its position, suggests that it is primarily an independent cartilage secondarily fused with that plate. Parker (1876) shows the nasal capsule in a somewhat different condition in Scylliwm, but the figures given by him are difficult to comprehend and not readily compared with those given by Sewertzoff. The capsule, however, as shown by both these authors in these several fishes, lies ventro-lateral to the trabecular and rostral cartilages, and where, in these or others of the Selachu, the capsules of opposite sides have been pressed together so as to meet in the median line and there be separated only by a septum nasi, that septum lies ventral to the trabecule, as shown in Parker’s sectional views of Seylliwm and in Gegen- baur’s sectional view of Mustelus. The trabecule, in each of these latter fishes, curve dorsally above the nasal sacs and are furnished with a deep median subethmoidal keel which extends ventrally between the sacs and is shown, in each case, as largely fenestrated in its middle portion. Parker (1876, p. 207) appa- rently considered this internasal septum to be an upgrowth of the trabecular cartilage, but Parker and Bettany (1877) say that the trabecular plate gradually rises to the level of the nasal roof and there suddenly narrows and is confluent with the internasal septum, this seeming to mean that the septum lies ventral to the trabecule, as i consider it todo. This difference in interpre- tation, by these two authors, of identical conditions is apparently due to Parker having considered the trabecule to be continued forward in the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel, while Parker and Bettany consider them to be represented in the plate from which that keel descends, that is in the trabecular crest of Parker’s descriptions. A ventro-Jateral trabecular process, lying antero-ventral to THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 109 the nasal sac, is shown, slightly developed, in Parker’s (1876) figures of embryos of Scylliwm, the process there projecting laterally from the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel. This process is called by Parker the cornu trabecule ; but two other cartilages on each side of the head are also so designated by him, one being the cartilage c of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, and the other the lateral bar of the rostral basket. This ventro-lateral trabecular process is not shown or described by Sewertzoff even in the oldest of his embryos, but that it is not peculiar to fishes in which there is a subethmoidal keel is shown by the conditions in the adult Chlamydoselachus, where the process is found well developed and there forming the anterior portion of the solum nasi of my descriptions of that fish (Allis, 1913). The beginnings of a process that lies postero-ventral to the nasal sac is shown, in Sewertzoff'’s figures, at the ventro-lateral corner of the ethmoidal cartilage, and it 1s apparently it alone that is later prolonged into the important ventro-latero-posteriorly directed process that is currently called the antorbital or ethmo- palatine process. This antorbital process is, however, said to be formed, in certain other fishes and in higher vertebrates, by an outgrowth of the trabecular cartilage. It is therefore possible that there are two processes here, one of ethmoidal and the other of trabecular origin. If so, they are indistinguishably fused with each other in the Selachii, and to avoid confusion I shall call the process, whatever its origin, the ventro-lateral antorbital process, the entire antorbital process being considered to form the anterior wall of the orbit and to include both this ventro- lateral process and a more or less developed dorso-lateral process found in the adults of most fishes and frequently called the antorbital or preorbital process. The sphenolateral cartilage has, in the oldest embryos of Acanthias described by Sewertzoff, grown forward and fused with the ethmoidal cartilage, and its supraorbital ridge, turning downward at its anterior end, forms the dorsal portion of the lateral edge of the antorbital process, that portion of that edge corresponding to the well-developed dorso-lateral antorbital process found in certain other fishes. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis trigemini and the nervus ophthalmicus profundus both, in younger embryos, run forward through the orbit and then dorsal to the nasal sac, passing external to the ethmoidal cartilage, between the dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral antorbital processes. But when the sphenolateral and ethmoidal cartilages fuse, the two nerves and an accompanying vein and artery become more or less enclosed between them, either separately or together. The nasal vein, which comes from the nasal pit to fall into the orbital venous sinus, also either becomes enclosed between these two cartilages or is enveloped in the lateral edge of the ethmoidal cartilage alone. The nasal sac of embryos of the Selachii thus lies between four processes, more or less developed, two being derived from the fel) MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON trabecule and lying anterior to the sac, and: two derived either from the trabecular, ethmoidal, or sphenolateral cartilages and lying posterior to the sac; and the nasal eapsule, when it develops, also lies between and 1s more or less fused with these processes. ‘The dorsal trabecular process and the ethmoidal con- stituent of the dorso-lateral antorbital process always fuse with each other above the nervus olfactorius, so forming the dorsal boundary of the fenestra olfactoria, and they also form, together with the sphenolateral eartilage, the lateral wall of the cavum preecerebrale of my descriptions (Allis, 1913). The two ventral processes may also fuse with each other at their outer ends, so forming a perforated plate which lies beneath the nasal sac, the perforation of this solum nasi being closed by membrane and representing an unchendrified portion of the nasal capsule. The ventro-lateral antorbital process and the two prenasal processes of the Selachii are found in embryos of Ceratodus, the former being called by Greil (1913) the processus anbouicenke and the two latter the dorso-lateral and the anterior or lateral trabe- eular cornua. No derso-lateral antorbital process is shown in Greil’s figures of embryos of this fish, but it is shown by Fiirbringer (1904) in a figure of the ade Ceratodus, the process there apparently arising as a lateral process from the dorsal end of the posterior wall of the nasal capsule, and being called by Viirbringer the preorbital process. The septum nasi of Ceratodus apparently lies dorsal to the trabecule, as it does in the Teleostei, Holostei, and Crossopterygil, the septum in these several orders of foen accordingly not being the homologue of the septum in the Plagiostomi, unless it be that the internasal prolongation of the trabeculae of embryos of the former fishes corresponds to the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel of embryos of the Plagio- stomi and not to the rostral stalk and rostral plate, which seems quite probable. CALLORHYNCHUS. In Callorhynchus, as in Acanthias and Pristiwrus, the trabecule are first laid down practically at right angles to the parachordals, as consideration of Schauinsland’s (1903) figures of a 60 mm. embryo of this fish makes plainly evident. This is due, as in the Selachu, to the marked cranial flexure at this period : but in C ‘allorhynchus the anterior portion of the brain, instead of recurving upward and forward as if seeking to reacquire a posi- tion in the line of the axis of the body, projects ventro-anteriorly ina straight line. Related to this retention, in this position, of this anterior portion of the brain, the eyeballs of the adult fish lie dorso-anterior to it; but whether it is this position of the brain that has forced the eyeballs to pass antero-dorsal to it, or the precocious development of the eyeballs that has prevented the brain from recurving upward, is not apparent. The trabecule fuse to form a wide trabecular plate which, THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. 111 instead of curving gradually upward and forward, as in the Selachii, follows the straight line of the ventral surface of the brain until it reaches what Schauinsland considers to be the anterior end of the cranial cavity. There the trabecular plate, which at this age js still procartilaginous in its anterior portion, contracts abruptly to a narrow procartilaginous bar which hes at a marked angle to the trabecular plate, being directed dorso- anteriorly instead of ventro-anteriorly. This narrow procarti- laginous bar is called by Schauinsland the “ Septum 1 im vorderen Se tL ” but it is evident that it is the strict homo- logue of the rostral stalk of the Selachii. The three rostral processes of Schauinsland’s descriptions are all shown arising from this stalk, the median process from its dorsal end and the two lateral processes from its lateral edges at about the middle or dorsal third of its length. A short, plate-like subethmoidal keel has begun to develop on the external and hence morphologically ventral surface of the stalk. From either side of the dorsal end of this rostral stalk, a band- like process runs laterally and then posteriorly, and, spreading dorsally and ventrally, fuses with the procartilaginous anterior portion of the ethmoidal cartilage, which cartilage forms the antorbital process and the anterior wall of the orbit. This band- like process is accordingly a dorso-lateral trabecular process, similar to that in the Selachii, and the large opening enclosed between it, the rostral stalk, and the ethmoidal and trabecular procartilages should be primarily a simple fenestra olfactoria. similar to that in the Selachii, but, even in the voungest embryos described by Schauinsland, the dorsal portion of the fenestra has apparently been already converted into a fenestra nasalis by the beginning of the development ef the nasal capsule, The development of the nasal capsule is not readily com- prehended from the several figures given by Schauinsland. In the figures of the 60 mm. embryo “(ligs. 130-131) the capsule is not indicated by index-letters, but the lateral edge of the anterior opening of the cranial cavity is irregular, the dorsal portion projecting anteriorly beyond the ventral portion and occupying the place in Sieh. in the 85 mm. embryo (figs. 124— 126), the nasal capsule is shown. In an embryo said to be older than the 85 mm. one, but of which the length is not given, the nasal capsule is a dome-shaped protuberance of the dorso-lateral portion of the cranial wall immediately posterior to the actual anterior opening of the cranial cavity. Ventral to this so-called capsule the lateral wall of the cranial cavity runs evenly onward to the edge of the anterior opening of the cranial cavity, the capsule apparently not extending into this part of the cranial wall notwithstanding that the ventral portion of the nasal sac must certainly lie internal to it. The nasal sac also quite certainly does not project upward into the dome-shaped pro- tuberance, that protuberance apparently lying above the nasal sac and resembling a dome-shaped swelling that | find, in the 412 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON adult A/ustelus, lying posterior to the foramen olfactorium and directly above the lobus olfactorius. The dome-shaped protuberance of Callorhynchus, the so-called nasal capsule, always lies, at all stages of its development, in the region between the bases of the median and lateral rostral processes, and as the capsule increases in size the bases of the vostral processes are correspondingly separated from each other, and the anterior opening of the cranial cavity carried corre- spondingly forward ; but whether this growth of the cranial wall takes place posterior to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo, or is due to growth antevior to that fenestra, cannot be told foam the figures. In the one case the nasal sac, which certainly lay primarily anterior and external to the cranial ‘avity, would have been pulled relatively backward into the anterior end of that cavity; the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo would remain morphologically unchanged, but would change in function from a fenestra olfactoria to a fenestra nasalis; and the so-called nasal cartilages of Schauinsland’s figures would represent detached pieces an an undeveloped nasal apsule, In the other case, the nasal capsule would be developed | as a direct anterior, but morphologically ventral, prolongation of the cranial walls, a fenestra nasalis gradually developing external to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo. The conditions in the adult Chimera decidedly favour this latter view, but one of Schauinsland’s figures of Callorhynchus equally decidedly tavours the former view. The figure in question (fig. 165) gives n median vertical sectional view of an embryo older than the 85 min. one, and shows the brain in place in ‘the cranial cav ity. The trabeculae are shown lying in the line prolonged of the parachordals, which is not in accord with the figures of other embryos both older and younger than this one. The septal cartilage is shown as a simple rostral staik, while in the younger, 85 mm. embryo, it is already an important plate-like structure the posterior portion of which corresponds to the rostral stalk of the 60 mm. embryo, and the anterior portion to the sub- ethmoidal keel of that’ stalk. The rostral stalk of the embryo shown in figure 165 projects dorso-posteriorly, instead of, as in the other embryos, dorso-anteriorly, and the vential portion of the nasal sac is shown extending forward anterior to the level of the base of the median rostral process and close to the ventro- anterior corner of the ehondrocranium. ‘The nasal sacs, as here shown, must accordingly project beyond the anterior openings of the oem cavity, if those openings are found in this embryo at all in the positions that they have in the other embryos, both older and younger, and furthermore, they must he dorsal to the trabecule, as they do in Ceratodus and the Teleostei, instead of ventral to the trabecule, as they do in the Selachii and as they must also in Callorhynchus if the septum nasi of this fish hes ventral to the rostral stalk, as shown in Schauinsland’s other £3 THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, sgl figures. There would accordingly seem to be some error in this figure 165. The ethmoidal cartilage, as shown in these embryos of Callo- rhynchus, arises from the trabecular plate posterior to the fenestra olfactoria of its side, and runs dorsally and then anteriorly to meet and fuse with the band-like dorso-lateral trabecular process. At its ventral end the ethmoidal cartilage gives off a lateral process which, even in the earliest stages shown by Schauinsland, has already fused completely with the palato- quadrate. The sphenolateral cartilage grows forward dorsal to the orbit, and in the 60 mm. embryo, where it is still pro- cartilaginous, bifurcates anteriorly, one end passing dorsal and the other ventral to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis tri- gemini, which nerve includes the lateralis fibres destined to supply the latero-sensory and ampullary organs of the region. The ventral one of these two ends of the sphenolateral cartilage has already fused, in this embryo, with the ethmoidal carti- lage internal to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis, and the dorsal end also later fuses with that cartilage but external to the ophthalmicus superficialis, this nerve rae being enclosed in a foramen and a dorso-lateral antorbital process being formed. This process is called by Schauinsland the preorbital process, and both it and the postorbital process are said by him to be primarily independent pieces of cartilage. Concomitantly with the formation of this process and the related foramen, a root of cartilage has been formed over the nervi ophthalmicus super- ficialis trigemini and ophthalmicus profundus, enclosing them im a median canal called by Schauinsland the ethmoidal canal. This canal is evidentiy formed by the coalescence, in the median line, of two canals, one on either side of the head, each of these canals being formed by the roofing over of the groove that, in the Selachii, lodges the corresponding portion of the ramus ophthal- micus superficialis trigemini. In certain specimens of Chlamydo- selachus I find these grooves partially roofed, either by lips of cartilage that project toward each other from the edges of the grooves, or by nodules of cartilage suspended in membranous strands that stretch across the grooves ; and if this roofing process were to be completed and the grooves so formed pressed together in the median line, a median canal would be formed the roof of which would form the actual roof of the cranium and its floor the root of the cranial cavity. A remnant of the fenestra precerebralis of my descriptions of the Selachii (Allis, 1913) is found, as will be later fully explained, in the small median opening marked ¢ in Schauinsland’s figures 124 and 125, and said by him to be a “Spalte, oa das Schideldach von dem vorderen ethmoidalen Teil des Schiidels trennt.” The two large openings in the cranial roof that are called by Schauinsland the anterior and posterior divisions of the primary single ‘ Preefrontallicke,” are not parts of the fenestra 114 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON preecerebralis, and hence not parts of the Prefrontalliicke of Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the Selachii. The cavum precerebrale, which in the Selachii les directly anterior to the fenestra preecerebralis, cannot be represented in any part of the ethmoidal canal, for, aside from the origin of that canal as above explained, the floor of the canal is not formed by the trabecule, while the floor of the cavum precerebrale is. The hind end of the ethmoidal canal is shown, in Schauinsland’s figure 165, lying -but slightly anterior to the anterior surface of the mid-brain. If this figure is correct, the membranous mesial walls of the orbits must accordingly, even in the oldest embryos considered by Schauinsland, be separated from each other by a considerable interval. The chondrocranium of embryos of Callorhynchus thus ap- parently owes the several points in which it differs from that of the Selachii mainly, if not wholly, to the fact that that portion of the central nervous system that lies anterior to the plica encephali ventralis not only projects ventrally or antero-ventrally at the time when the trabecule are laid down, but that, for some reason, 1t has continued to lie in that position instead of later eradually curving forward or forward and upward. The tra- becule still apparently seek to curve upward into the line prolonged of the pavachordals, but, because of the interference of the overlying brain, this upward curve is found immediately anterior to the lobi olfactorii instead of, as in the Selachii, in the pituitary region. The mandibular branchial bars were doubtless laid down primarily at right angles to the trabecule, and hence, as in the Selachii, in a nearly “horizontal position, but as the trabecule later grow downward and forward instead of, as in the Selachii, curving gradually forward or forward and upward, the mandibular bars have been distorted. The dorsal ends of the processus oticus and basilaris, the latter representing the primitive dorsal end of the arch, apparently remain approximately in their prunitive positions in relation, respectively, to the lateral wall of the otic capsule and the trabecule, but they have been stretched out into long cartilages by the marked ventro-anterior growth of the trabecule, and the epal (quadrate) and ceratal (mandibuia) elements of the arch lie in the region of the antorbital process. This will be again referred to when describing the conditions in Chimera. Because of this distortion and change in position of the mandibular branchial bars, the branchial bars of the more posterior arches have also been carried forward and somewhat downward without having been previously pushed backward to ' the extent that they were in the Selachii, and the dorsal ends of the anterior branchial bars are shown lying in the cranial region in Schauinsland’s oldest embryos. The sigma form of arch has, however, been impressed upon their dorsal ends, but not upon their ventral ends. THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. Pe CHIMERA. 1. Newrocranium. In a six-month embryo of Chimera colliet, Dean (1906, p. 108) shows the trabecule projecting ventro-anteriorly at a marked angle to the parachordals, which would seem to establish that when first chondrified they lay, as they do in Callorhynchus, approximately at right angles to the parachordals. In the adult, the conditions shown by Dean in this embryo still persist to a marked extent, for, as shown in the accompanying figure (PI. I. fig. 2), the line of the vertebral column, if pr olonged, “would pass approximately across the dorsal edge of the postelinoid wall and issue from the cranium somewhat dorsal to the base of the median rostral process, the larger part of the prechordal portion of the cranium projecting ventro-anteriorly below this line at an angle of about 30°. Because of this position of the trabecule, the mid-ventral line of the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera projects ventro- anteriorly, and from the level of the foramen magnum to the level of the fenestre nasales it is shghtly curved, the hollow of the curve presented ventro- posteriorly, Anterior to the level of the fenestre nasales, the mid-ventral line changes abruptly in direction, running at ne dorso-anteriorly and then ventro- anterior ly and ending at the anterior end of the short beak-hke process of the Enon dimmer iniarn, This latter process is morpho- logically subnasal in position, as will be later explained, but as it has the appearance, in lateral view, of being prenasal, it may be ealled the prenasal process. Beginning at about the level of the middle of the orbit and extending forward to its anterior edge, there is a median, longi- tudinal, gash-like groove which lodges the degenerated tissues “of the extracranial portion of the’ hypophysis, the groove being deepest at its posterior end and gradually vanishing anteriorly. This groove represents a persisting remnant of the hypophysial fenestra, that fenestra being, in the adult, completely closed toward the cranial eavity, as it apparently was even in the ehondrocranium of the sixth-month embryo shown by Dean. Starting lateral to this grodve, on either side, a pronounced but low and rounded ridge runs antero-laterally to the level of the ventral end of the antorbital wall, where it turns somewhat abruptly antero-ventrally and but shghtly laterally and bears on its end an articular facet and an articular head, the former lying directly mesial to the latter and both surfaces giving articulation to the mandibula. From the anterior edge of the articular facet the narrow ventro-lateral edge of the chondrocranium runs antero-mesially in a curved line, concave ventrally, till it reaches a point slightly anterior to the ventral edge of the fenestra nasalis, where it turns anteriorly and becomes the ventral edge of the heak-like prenasal process. PG MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON Between the mandibular articular facets of opposite sides, the ventral surface of the chondrocranium is deeply concave, this concavity lying in the ethmoidal region and being traversed by the raised median longitudinal ridge of the fused trabecule. Anterior to this large subethmoidal depression there is a smaller, subnasal one which lies in the hollow of the beak-like prenasal process, the two depressions being separated by a V-shaped ridge, each arm of the V running antero- -laterally from the projecting ventro-posterior corner of the subethmoidal keel. The anterior dental plates lie against the dorsal wall of the anterior half of the subnasal depression, the posterior dental plates lying against the anterior border of the subethmoidal depression. From the bottom of the posterior half of the subnasal depression a tough pad of tissue arises and projecting ventrally fills the space between the dental plates. The bottom of the large subethmoidal depression is separated by the raised ridge of the fused trabecule into two parts, each triangular in shape, and as each depression lies beneath the lateral portion of the ethmoidal cartilage it may be called the ectethmoidal depression, the two ectethmoidal depressions forming the large subethmoidal one. Hach ectethmoidal depression is traversed by the nasal vein of its side, this vein, in some spe- cimens, lying in a pronounced groove at the bottom of the depression. This vein comes from the nasal capsule and the regions anterior to it, and is directly continuous, in the nasal capsule, with a vein that enters the cavum cranii, accompanying the nervus olfactorins, and joins a vein that issues from the cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus vagus. The nasal vein, running posteriorly from the nasal capsule, first traverses a canal that leads from that capsule through the anterior wall of the ectethmoidal depression, then receives a branch that has traversed the overlying cartilage through a small foramen, and then itself traverses a foramen in the posterior wall of the ectethmoidal depression to enter the orbit and fall into the orbital venous sinus. The ectethmoidal depression of this fish thus corresponds, in general position and in its relations to the nasal vein, to the ectethmoidal chamber of my descriptions of Chlamydoselachus (Allis, 1913), that chamber being, in certain of the Selachii, an open fossa which may, as in Heptanchus, be in direct communication with the cranial cavity through the basal communicating canal of Gegenbauer’s descriptions. There is, in Chimera, no indication of this latter canal, but it is perhaps worthy of note that in Lepidosiren there is, in just this region, a median perforation of the basis cranii (Bridge, 1898). At the postero-mesial corner of the ectethmoidal depression of Chimera, near the summit of the ridge that there bounds the depression, there is a groove which leads postero-mesially to a canal which traverses the cartilage of the basis cranii and trans- mits the efferent pseudobranchial, or so-called anterior carotid artery, this canal opening on the dorsal surface of the cartilage THE SKULL OF CHIMAERA. aa in the region of the line of attachment of the membranous inter- orbital wall, and directly ventro-lateral to the foramen by which the nervus opticus traverses that membranous wall. The foramen opticum lies directly dorsal to a well-marked and rounded transverse ridge on the floor of the cranial cavity, this ridge marking the anterior end of the pituitary fossa and hence being the presphenoid bolster of my descriptions of the Selachu. The cranial cavity is here abruptly constricted, latero-mesially, and this constriction, in its ventral portion, is produced by the pinching in of the mesial membranous walls of the orbits, the membrane of either orbit being pinched inward and downward so that the internal surface of its ventral portion lies closely upon the cartilage of the basis cranu. The membrane there usually, but not always, becomes adherent to the cartilage, and a second line of attachment of the membranous cranial wall, lying mesial to the primitive line, is acquired. A depression is thus formed in the ventral portion of the outer surface of the membranous wall of each orbit, and it is filled with tough fatty connective tissue. The original line of attachment of the mem- branous wall forms the ventro-lateral edge of this depression, and lies lateral to the foramen for the efferent pseudobranchial artery, while the secondary line of attachment lies mesial to that foramen, the membrane covering the foramen. Having issued from its foramen, the efferent pseudobranchial artery runs pos- teriorly beneath the covering membrane and issues in the cranial cavity at the base of the posterior wall of the depression, there lying posterior to the nervus opticus. It then immediately gives off a recurrent branch which perforates the posterior wall of the depression, traverses the tough fatty tissue that fills the depres- sion, and, joining the nervus opticus, accompanies that nerve to the eyeball. After giving off this branch, the pseudobranchial artery turns mesially and immediately separates into anterior and posterior cerebral arteries. When the secondary attachment of the membranous orbital wall to the dorsal surface of the basis cranii is not strong, the pseudobranchial foramen opens directly into the cranial cavity, but when the attachment is strong it opens external to that cavity but beneath the covering membrane. The nervus opticus, after issuing from its foramen, lies directly upon this adherent membrane, and the membrane may there become thinned to such an extent that, in dissections not carefully made, the pseudobranchial foramen appears as a perforation of the sub- orbital shelf lying wholly external to the interorbital wall; this apparently having been the condition in the specimen examined in connection with my earlier work on the arteries of this fish (Allis, 1912), where the foramen is said to open external to the cranial wall, The foramen however lies, morphologically, in the actual floor of the cranial cavity, as it is shown in Schauins- land’s figure of an embryo of Callorhynchus. In the Selachii this foramen always lies, in all the specimens that I have 118 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON examined, dorsal to the trabecule, and where there is a sub- orbital shelf it lies dorsal to that shelf. This foramen of Chimera, which is quite unquestionably the homologue of the foramen in the Selachii, must then have become surrounded by and quite deeply enclosed in the dorso-lateral edge of the trabecula, the membranous lateral wall of this part of the neuro- cranium thus lying lateral to it and the foramen appearing to lie in the floor of the cranial cavity. The foramen is not shown in Dean's figure of an embryo of Chimera, doubtless because it is hidden, in dorsal view, by the supraorbital portion of the cranial wall. The branch of the pseudobranchial artery that accompanies the nervus opticus to the eyeball was called by me, in the earlier work just above referred to, the arteria ophthalmica magna, this identification of the artery being based on its apparent origin, in a dissection in which the tissues had evidently been torn, from the pseudobranchial artery before that artery enters the cranial cavity. This is, however, an error, the artery quite certainly being the arteria centralis retine, or optic artery, of my descrip- tions of the Selachii, and no arteria ophthalmica magna being found in this fish. At the hind end of the orbit five foramina, lying close together, perforate the cranial wall and transmit the nervi profundus, trigeminus, buccalis lateralis, facialis, and abducens. The fora- men for the facialis is always separated from the other foramina by cartilage, and the foramen for the abducens usually so separated, the other three nerves usually issuing through a single foramen but being separated from each other by membrane. Dorsal to these foramina there is a large foramen for the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis *, and two foramina that he near the edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, one of them transmitting the nervus trochlearis and the other a venous vessel which 1s doubtless the anterior cerebral vein of my descriptions of Amia and the Teleostei. Slightly anterior to the five foramina that transmit the trigeminus, facialis, and abducens nerves there is the foramen for the nervus oculomotorius, which lies at the edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, and ventro- lateral to that foramen there is a small foramen for the pituitary vein, this latter foramen opening into the pituitary fossa. The vein that traverses this latter foramen is small, and although it connects with ‘its fellow of the opposite side im the usual piscine manner, it is always in communication with a vein that issues from the cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus vagus. There is in this fish no transverse pituitary canal such as is found in many of the Selachii. Lateral to the several foramina above described, there is a large perforation of the suborbital shelf which transmits the ramus byoideo-mandibularis facialis and the vena jugularis, and anterior to that foramen there is another perforation of the * A small foramen is, by error, shown in figure 3, Plate IT., lying slightly ventral to this large foramen. It does not ecist in the fish. THE SKULL OF CHIM-ERA. 119 shelf which transmits the arteria carotis externa and the ramus palatinus facialis, these two foramina being persisting remnants of the palatoquadrate fissure of Dean’s (1906, p. 108) deser iptions of embryos. ‘That fissure of embryos Ge as shown in Dean’s figures, between the palatoquadrate, the trabecula, and the anterior edge of a shelf of cartilage that projects nee ally from the neurocranium beneath the hind end of the orbit and is fused, in its antero-lateral portion, with the palatoquadrate. The vena jugularis accordingly les definitely ventral to this laterally projecting shelf-like process of the neurocranium, and hence also morphologically ventral and internal to the dorso- posterior portion of the palatoquadrate. If then this shelf-like process is an outgrowth of the neurocranium, the dorso-posterior end of the palatoquadrate, as shown by Dean, must be the processus oticus of that cartilage, but it seems much more probable that the shelf itself is the processus oticus, or extra- branchial element of the arch. Dean (/. c. p. 129) considers this shelf to be the posterior portion of the pharyngeal elenient of the mandibular arch, but mm that case this element of the arch has fused with the neurocranium dorsal to the vena jugularis, which would be in marked exception to the conditions found in all other fishes that I know of (Allis, 1915). It accordingly seems to me, as above stated, that this shelf must represent the extrabranchial of the arch, or processus oticus quadrata, apparently found only partially fused with the palatoquadrate in Dean’s six-month embryo. The vena jugularis, ramus hyoideo- mandibularis facialis, and arteria carotis externa would then all lie ventral and internal to this element of the arch, as they normally should, and the foramina for these several structures would represent the trigemino-facialis chamber = the fish, as 1 have already sug egested i in an earlier work (Allis, 1914). The orbit has postorbital and antorbital processes. The postorbital process is a pronounced and slightly curved ridge which is fused ventrally with the suborbital ‘shelf. The dorso- lateral antorbital process 1s a short but tall ridge which lies at the dorso-anterior edge of the orbit, and its base is perforated by a foramen which transmits the ramus ophthalmicus super- ficialis trigemini from the orbit to the ethmoidal canal. Immediately ventral to this process there is a foramen which transmits a vein and artery, and antero-ventral to this latter foramen there is another foramen which transmits the nervus ophthalmicus profundus; both these foramina leading into the median ethmoidal canal. A small foramen dorsal to these foramina also leads into the ethmoidal canal and gives exit to a small branch of the ophthalmicus superficialis. A small foramen on the dorso-mesial surface of the nasal capsule gives passage to a branch of the orbital branch of the external carotid, and anterior to 1t there is another small foramen for a delicate branch of the ophthalmicus nerve. The ventro-lateral antorbital process is simply a ridge which traverses the suborbital shelf and is continued onto the palatoquadrate, where it turns 120 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON posteriorly and joins the ventral end of the postorbital process, this ridge forming the boundary between the horizontal portion of the suborbital shelf and its ventrally projecting eaves-like lateral edge. Between its dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral processes the remainder of the antorbital process is a wide and gently rounded surface which extends from the orbit to the nasal capsule, and is so completely fused ventrally with the dorsal edge of the palatoquadrate that even the line separating the two cartilages cannot be recognised. The suborbital shelf is a wide thin plate of cartilage which extends between the antorbital and postorbital processes, and has a narrow, ventrally projecting, eaves-like lateral edge, just above referred to. ‘The shelf is prolonged posteriorly beyond the postorbital process, this postorbital portion of the shelf projecting ventro-posteriorly at a slight angle to the orbital pertion, and apparently representing, as just above explained, the processus oticus quadrati. It gives origin, on its ventral surface, to the musculus protractor arcuum branchialium of Vetter’s (1878) descriptions. On the ventral surface of the continuous shelf these two portions are separated from each other by a groove which lies directly ventral to the ventral end of the postorbital process and is directed postero-mesially. That part of the orbital portion of the shelf that lies lateral to the foramen for the nervus hyoideo-mandibularis facialis belongs to the palato- quadrate, and is probably formed by the epal (quadrate) and pharyngeal portions of the mandibular branchial bar, the pharyngeal element not projecting as a processus basilaris. The cranial cavity has large anterior and posterior portions, separated by a narrow neck in the orbital region, this neck lying between the ventral edge of the azygous portion of the membranous interorbital wall and the summit of the rounded transverse presphenoid bolster. The posterior portion of the cavity is tall, with a concave anterior edge the dorsal end of which projects dorso-anteriorly above the orbit like the horn of a crescent. The postclinoid wall lies at about the middle of the length of this posterior portion of the cavity and_ projects anteriorly or antero-dorsally. Between it and the foramen magnum there is a depression in the cranial floor, and anterior to it, between it and the presphenoid bolster, is the large pituitary fossa. The postero-dorsal end of the hypophysial groove on the ventral surface of the basis cranii lies slightly posterior to the summit of the presphenoid bolster. “Men a oats : S 63:// 38... 808p7 10. 2b A588 a a 511986 +80 By ~) Bardens Habitat. Northern Somaliland at and near Berbera. 5, PHILOCHORTUS HARDEGGERI. Latastia hardeggert Steind. Ann. Derails (ple: xaL3, Zeal Jaheb., Syst. xxu. 1905, (Pl. LL. figs. 4,:5.) Hofmus. Wien, vil, 13a, Bouleng. Zool. Rec. 1893, Rept. P- 23; ‘Tornier, p. 375. Eremias heterolepis, Boettg. ae Anz. 1898, ve 115y 193: Latastia degent Bouleng. p. 55. Ann. & Mag. N. FLY (7) Head and body rather depressed. long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior corner or the centre of the eve and the tympanum, Head about 12 x1 eta. times as OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 155 its length 44 to 5 times in length to vent; snout pointed, as long as postocular part of head, with rather sharp canthus. Pileus 1? to 2 times as long as broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the shoulder, the collar, or between the collar and the ear; foot 12 to 2 times as long as head ; toes slender, compressed, Tail 2? to 37 times as long as head and body. Nostril between three shields, or separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a narrow rim; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the suture ? to 2 the length of the frontonasal, which is much broader than long and broader than the internarial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture ; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout or a little shorter, 14 to 13 times as.long as broad, angular or rounded in front, narrower behind, distinctly grooved; parietals 1} to 14 times as long as broad, in contact with the upper postocular ; interparietal extremely narrow, in contact with or narrowly separated from the very small occipital *. Two large supra- oculars, subequal or anterior the shorter, entirely surrounded by a series of granules t, of which larger ones represent the first and, fourth supraoculars; 5 or 6 superciliaries. Lower eyelid somewhat transparent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some of which may be deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than second; 5 upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is narrower beneath than above. . n i w) , 1 oe " . :, { i” ‘ fi x i z 7 ie fre p ' H : ? a ies a | F a Rr fe 4% { os a. 7 1 i 7 - BMS 3. ia res 2 Sy 7 iy 7 ie , q t a ee be ‘ eo ae | 1 Sol aaa SS aiid . =! 7: : o : ht Me Ds ee hye A 7 , \ : Ab : . . / ; ; F . f ‘ ; ; 4 D : : wt PRE ‘ 1 poe. d i i i ; : , = a os i c 1, oan Se S 4 Dan) “ . t : f * % r + oa ~*) ta i . & i) oe. 2 ’ ; ' t 1 a iT a whe t ! uy " my F \ a , hy Aa ‘aye \ / et \ \ rs ‘ sae oe Hed { é 3 un . i at 4 4 * r , 5 7 ‘ , P . n , y = S . 1 e Sy, ‘ f \ ‘ aa 44 . \ + ' 2 " 7 . - i B 5 . . 1 s r 4 . . : Oy, geet ak EY 5 ; yt tae, . y ¥ A , i) 5 / ie bo | - 3 4 ore ] 5 ' A , ‘ S ' if . ‘Cs f, < 1 7 2 a oan f w . q * y * i ie we Ws, f 4 ¥ - ‘ ' 7 ‘ 4 ¥ ’ a = ; 1 y t . ‘ Wy t * 5 iS \ a " " 5 - Le Mt i ’ t 7 : . . 1 7 7 ' t , } A ae . y ie 4 - oo ai Ors as, S : : « 4 - i" a . v . . = i > x oh a a i : : r. ‘ : } oe i" r } : AT i f oa j + rp : i - =~ ae 4 ; ¢ a \ 4 = 7 — if y - = \ . 1 iG r fl hd U " “ aa ‘ a Pata i ; ‘ a ‘ ra se a a 0 = 7 . , my “g ’ pon ‘ 1 wo & £ i yt ) od 1) it oe a ‘ i ' . oe J r 3 f . < i wy nd id « ‘ { * . Ne fi f "i . , 4 ‘ : . y } all - ; ee Nr} < oe . 4 , ‘ par = { : fon ’) . Wy, 1 i 1 : t n y) i - j wy. ts r . « : , * : ‘4 ‘ 4 . va es ON THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 159 9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S. R. Doveras, M.R.C.S8., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.8., Ist Assistant Bacteriological Depart- ment, Medical Research Committee, National Insurance Act. [Received February 15, 1917: Read March 6, 1917. ] To ascertain if the woodeock breeding in the British Islands are migratory in their habits has from time to time been the subject of investigations. These investigations have usually taken the form of marking a number of nestling birds, generally by means of metal rings placed round the legs, and collecting the data furnished by the recovery of these birds in various localities. The best known of such experiments which have been published up to the present time are :— (i.) That made on the Duke of Northumberland’s estate at Alnwick and reported by Lord William Percy in ‘ Country Life,’ 1909, Feb. 27th. (ii.) That made at Baron’s Court, Co. Tyrone, and reported by Hamilton in ‘The Field,’ 1908, Oct. 17th, p. 717, and Oct. 24th, p. 745. : (iii.) Other references dealing with smaller experiments are to be found in ‘ British Birds,’ vol. iv. p. 280, and vol. v. p. 186; and also in the report of the Aberdeen University Bird Migration Inquiry. The experiment, the details of which are here given, has been carried out at the instigation of Col. W. W. Ashley, M.P., of Broadiands, Romsey, Hampshire, and the Palmerston Estates, Co. Sligo, who has most kindly given me permission to publish the results obtained up to the present time. Before giving the actual details of the numbers of birds. marked year by year and the numbers recovered, etc., it is necessary to describe accurately the situation where the expe- riment was carried out, and to give a description of the breeding- grounds, together with a few notes on the nesting-habits of woodcock 1n this locality. Col. Ashley’s property consists of a strip of country lying between the Ben Bulben range and the southern shore of the Bay of Donegal in the County of Sligo, the position being almost exactly 8° 30’ west and 54° 30’ north. It is composed largely of small holdings which have been vested in the tenants under the various Land Acts, but it also: contains a considerable extent of bog-land and some fine coverts made up of both hard and soft wood trees. These woods during the winter months harbour a considerable number of woodcock,, 160 CAPT. S. R. DOUGLAS ON affording excellent sport: in exceptional years large bags have been made, for instance, in January 1892, 92 and 98 cock were shot on consecutive days; the more usual bags, however, are about 120 cock for two guns in a week’s shooting. Woodcock have only comparatively recently nested regularly in these parts, for, from information received from a former keeper of Col. Ashley’s, Mr. R. Bracken, who had been brought up in this part of the country and who has several relatives keepers on neighbouring estates, it appears quite certain that a woodcock’s nest was considered the greatest rarity before the year 1875. Since that date they have become more and more numerous. On Col. Ashley’s property, and especially in respect of the principal breeding-ground described below, woodcocks’ nests were practically unknown before the year 1900. The principal breeding-ground is a wood about 150 acres in extent, situated about the centre of the property. This wood, which was planted about 1830, consists almost entirely of Scotch and Maritime fir, and lies within half a mile of the sea. The soil is very sandy, and the ground between the wood and the sea- shore ts occupied by sand dunes covered with bent grass. That part of the wood where most of the woodcock nest is occupied by well-grown pine-trees, and is practically destitute of any undergrowth, the ground between the tree-trunks being thickly carpeted with moss and fallen pine-needles, with here and there heaps of fallen sticks. The nests are most frequently placed at the foot of a well-grown tree ; they consist of a saucer-shaped depression in the moss with no more lining than a few pine-needles, and are often partly shielded from view by some fallen dead wood. The usual number of eggs laid is four, but nests containing five have been found. One egg in the clutch frequently fails to hatch out. The average of 50 nests is now found every breeding- season in this wood. The nesting-season commences in March, a nest with eggs having been found as early as the fifth of this month, and continues throughout the summer until the end of July or the beginning of August; however, most of the young are hatched in the months of April, May, and the early part of June. The young birds grow very rapidly after being hatched out, and within two or three days leave the locality of the nest, so that the marking of the young birds has to be carried out very soon after they are hatched. No definite proof of a woodcock raising two broods in the year has been obtained, but all the keepers are of the opinion that this at any rate occasionally happens. The young birds remain near the place of their birth until about the middle of September. About this time, however, they practically all disappear until the middle of October, when a number of birds are again seen, and these appear to constitute the regular winter inhabitants of the different coverts. THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 161 ‘The experiment was commenced in the year 1910, and has been continued every year since then. The number of marked birds that have been recovered varies considerably in different years, this being mainly due to there being practically no shooting during certain seasons. For the first three years the birds were marked by having a single ring placed on one leg; this ring was made of aluminium and stamped with the lettering. “ A.C. 10” in the year 1910, while in 1911 and 1912 the lettering was ‘ W.A A. Sligo, ual ” and “ W.A. Sligo, 12” respectively. After the year 1912 two rings were used, one ring being placed on each leg. The reason for this was that it was ascertained that the postal authorities would not deliver letters which were addressed with initials only, a fact that may account for the searcity of information from outside sources received in the earlier years of the experiment. The lettering on these rings was ‘“W. Ashley” on the one ring, and on the other “ Sligo 13”-14”—15 ”-16,” according as the year was 1913, 1914, 1915, or 1916. The following table gives the number of birds marked and the lettering on the rings for each year :— TABLE I, Date. Paes Lettering on rings. 1910. 33 One ring, “ A.C. 10.” 1911. 48 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 1911.” 1912. 50 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 12.” 1918. 50 Two rings, * W. Ashley” & “Sligo 13.” 1914, 50 | Two rings, “ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 14.” 1915. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 15.” 1916. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 16.” This gives a total of 331 bills marked in seven years. All these birds with the exception of seven were hatched in the large pine-wood described above. The seven exceptions, consisting of two in 1910, two in 1911, and three in 1912, were young birds taken from nests in some of the outlying coverts. The total number of marked birds that have been recovered is 55, that is 16°6 per cent. The following table gives (i.) the number of birds recovered year by year; (i1.) the locality in which they were found ; (ii1.) the date the bird was marked ; (iv.) the date the bird was recovered ; (v.) the method of recovery. In respect to the various names of places on the estate, Classiebawn includes the large pine wood and _ its immediate 162 CAPT. . R. DOUGLAS ON surroundings, Cloonkeen, Carnduff, Bunduff, and Castlegal being the local names of various portions of Col. Ashley’s estate, and all of them lie within 3 miles of the principal breeding-ground, To simplify the reading of the table the letter (.), signifying estate, is placed after these place-names. For convenience the years are reckoned in shooting-seasons. In the case of birds recovered outside the estate the appnommmaye distance and bearing are given. TaBueE LI. heey ie No. of mtg aes and ta ee Date and method of July 3st. ag marked. hs ales 8 1910-1911. | 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1910. Nov. 1910. Shot. to the south. : I *Cloonkeen (WH: exec 5.'4 sacs ees 1910. Feb. 1911. Shot. ADIT =VO Il, Castlecali(li.)) (gr esavece. esc 1911. .| Nov. 1931. Shot: i Carnduil (Hoa et ete seas nee: 1911. | Nov. 1911. Shot. 4, Classiebawn (1.).....60.. 0080 crs TOM: Nov. 1911. Shot. 1; Castleral (Ea 75. 1911. Dec. 1911. Shot: be @lassvepbawMebiain.tenease eae meee 1911. | Jan. 1912: Shot. TC@loomkeen (Ch ice.cacin sue ete 1911. Jan. 1912. Shot. le\Castlepalls(W)y cam. it -cccosssoan ee eee 1911. | Jan. 1912. Shot. i Cloonkeen (6 )s. pesos cee sens 1910. | Jan. 1912. Shot. 1912-19138. | 4, Classiebawn (E.).......0........0000 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot. 3. Cloonkeen (Moje cere ticsss car teres 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot. | 1, Cloonkeen (E.)..00.0.....nc00.0.| 911.) Jan. 19182 > Shot: | 1, Classiebawn (KE. ) DORR ee Race 1911. June 1913. Found dead. lee Classiebawany CH) eter nee ees 1910. | June 1913. Found dead. 1913-1914. | 1, Classiebawn (E.) .............0.c00-+ 1911. | Jan. 1914. Shot. :8, Classtebawm (H.) 320% tees. cssens 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot, 1, Bunduff (E.) 1912. | Jan. 1914. “Shot. | re Buna wilds) ees ee tere 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot. | 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot. | to the south. 1914-1915. | 1, Morga, Biscay, Spain, about 1914. | Nov. 1914. Shot. | 800 miles due south. 1, Castlegore, Co. Mayo, about 1914. | Dec. 1914. Shot. | 40 miles to south-west. | Lo Glencarss@o. sligOm sa.:.0 cee. cae 1914. Feb. 1915. Shot. 14, Classiebawmt (Ha) ee.1 ie fone: 1914. April 1916. Found dead, killed | by a hawk. 1915-1916. | 8, Classiebawn (H.) ...........0......-5- 1914. May 1916. Found dead, killed | by a hawk. 1916-1917. 1, Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles} 1918. | Nov. 1916. Shot. to the north-east. 1, Mullins, Co. Donegal, 15 miles to} 1915. | Nov. 1916. Caught in rabbit- the north-east. trap. i @lassiebawim (Mo) strc aceeens 1910. | Jan. 1917. Shot. lM Classiebawn (ls) 2h0.c8esres oe 1913. | Jan. 1917. Shot. i Classiebawany (Hi) 02.14. vedas eee heres 1915. | Jan. 1917. Shot. 6;:Classiebawmi (HN)... casccenten ee 1916. | Jan. 1917. Shot. EP Carnduiii(bs) i o..ccccsccaccoee se 1914. | Jan. 1917. Shot. 1, Carndutff (E.) 1915. “| Jan. 19172-" Shot THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK, 163 Besides these, two other ringed birds have been reported, but were not actually obtained by any responsible person. One with one ring only was caught by a cat in 1915, and therefore was a bird marked in 1910, 1911 or 1912; the other with rings of the year 1916 is said to have been shot by a poacher in 1916. | On looking over this table the most striking fact is the large number of marked birds which have been recovered on the estate, the actual number being 48 out of the total of 55 birds recovered, and of these no fewer than 33 were obtained either in the large wood forming the.main breeding-ground or its immediate vicinity. Of the seven birds which have been recorded as obtained in other situations three were shot within a radius of ten miles in a southerly direction, two at Hazlewood. and one at Glencar, about 6, 7, and 9 months after being marked. One was shot at Castlegore, Co. Mayo, which is about 40 miles to the south-west, about six months after being marked. One was noticed in the market-place of Bilbao, having been shot at Morga, in the province of Biscay, Spain, within six months of being marked, the distance in a direct line being about 800 miles. It is therefore to be noticed that all the birds which have been _ recovered south of the breeding-place have been obtained within 9 months of their being marked. Two birds were recovered north of the breeding-place, one about 15 miles to the north-east in the townlands of Mullins, Co. Donegal, 14 years after being marked, and the other near Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles to the north-east, 33 years after being marked. The small number of birds recovered during the years 1914— 1915 and 1915-1916 is accounted for by the fact that owing to the war there was very little shooting in these years. Table II. (p. 164) gives (i.) the year, (ii.) the number of birds marked, (iii.) the number of birds recovered, (iv.) the date the birds were recovered. _ This table is imserted so as to bring out some of the data already given in a more convenient form; one point to which attention may be drawn is that a bird marked in 1910 was shot in Jan. 1917, so that it must have been at least 64 years old. On examining this bird no evidence of old age could be detected, and its weight, which was 13 oz., was rather above the average. With regard to the weight of woodcock, on two occasions when a considerable number of ringed birds have been obtained, the weights of these birds have been compared with the weights of the unmarked birds obtained on the same day. Thus, on Jan. 2nd, 1914, nine ringed birds and eight unringed birds were shot. The weights of the nine ringed birds were :—11, 11:5, 11°5, 11°75, 11°75, 12°25, 12°25, 12°75, and 13 ounces respectively, giving an average of 11°97 oz. 164 CAPT. 8S. R. DOUGLAS ON TABLE ITI. No. of birds: | No. of birds Dates the birds were marked. recovered. | recovered. 1910. | 33 Or 1, Nov. 1910. 1, Feb. 1911. 1, Jan. 1912. 1, June 1918. 1, Jan. 1917. 1911. 48 13 | 6, Nov. 1911. 1; Dee. 1972, 3, can. 1912, 1, Jan., 1913: 1, June 1913. 1, Jan... 1934; 1912. | 50 8 | 7, Dec. 1912. | |} 1, Jan. 1914. 1913. 50 12 110, Jan. 1914. 1, Nov. 1916. 1, Jan. 1917. 1914, 50 8 | 1, Nov. 1914, , 1, Dec. 1914. 1, Feb. 1915. 1, April 1915. 3, May 1916. | L Jans aon 1915. 50 3 1, Nov. 1916. 2, Jan. 1917. 1916. 50 6 6, Jan. 1917. The weights of the eight unringed birds were :—10, 11, 11, 11°5, 11°5, 11:5, 11°75, and 12°25 ounces respectively, giving an average of 11:3 oz. Again on Jan. 15th, 1917, eight ringed and sixteen unringed birds were shot. The weights of the ringed birds were :—11°25, 12, 12°25, 12°25, 13, 18, 13°5, and 14°25 ounces respectively, giving an average of 12°7 oz. ‘Those of the sixteen unringed birds were :—10°5, 11°5, 11°5, 11°75, 11°75, 12,-12, 12, 12°25, 12°25, 12:5, E303, sao, and 14 ounces respectively, giving an average weight of 12°3 oz. The following day 31 unringed birds gave an average weight of 12°1 oz. Although these numbers are not great, it 1s worthy of note that on both occasions the average weight of the ringed birds was greater than that of the unringed birds. These being the data obtained up to the present time, is it justifiable to draw any conclusions from them ? The first point, and this may be taken as conclusively proved, THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 165 is that many of the woodcock which are hatched out in this locality remain there throughout the following winter months. The second point is that at any rate a proportion of the wood- cock hatched out in this locality remain in the neighbourhood for several years, and, even if they at some period or other migrate to other places, they return to nest: this is indicated not only by the recovery of several marked birds during the nesting-season, but also by the fact that on more than one occasion a nesting- bird flushed from the nest has been noticed to be a ringed bird. The third point is that five woodcock have been recovered in localities situated at various distances south of the breeding- centre, all within a few months of their being hatched out of the egg, and, although the numbers are few, 1t indicates that some of the birds tend to migrate south in the autumn months. A fourth point worthy of notice is that the woodcock appears to show a decided preference for a large-sized pine-wood free from undergrowth, as a nesting-ground, £0: any other type of covert. The fifth point is that on two occasions a number of ringed birds have given a larger average weight than a number of unringed birds, indicating that the “resident birds” are rather heavier than the winter migrants. In conclusion, the data already collected point to their being three classes of woodcock in this part of the west of Lreland, namely : (i.) Woodcock that are hatched out and remain in this locality, sometimes for years, that is “resident birds.” (ii.) Woodcock that are hatched out in this locality and then migrate in a southerly direction. (iii.) Woodcock that arrive from the north during the winter months. These classes are comparable to those into which Eagle Clarke divided the starlings of Shetland. Finally, let me point out most emphatically that any success which this experiment may have achieved in elucidating the habits of woodcock is largely due to the care and zeal with which Col. Ashley’s keepers, Messrs. Jules, Arthur and Walter Bracken have carried out their work. Their knowledge and powers of observation have furnished many of the points of interest recorded in this paper. uv , % a 3 e ; i , 7 Fl ‘ 3 - . # , ‘ ; 4 = : ~ . : = * ory, a ;..& \ F iptv j ; 4 i. . 1 ‘ i i a , 5 1 y ’ a j ’ my t er \ > Sen { f 7 i - ‘ ; P. . ' i a gait tip Oa * fy ep : ‘ t ~~ Be nt : . i T 7 n ba -=* » A g y r « Pa ' 4 —— 5 : 1 = i 4 ‘ 1e oe h —~ i a : ~ 3S ore F een a4 4 Foe 4 ' ae * o we * sf - y t t= J - _ ‘ ’ ‘ af ’ : - , f . . . ‘ 4 & i re ; — fie > ~~ i : os 4 a lm? ON PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS, 167 10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Warson, M.Sc, F.Z.S., Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University College, London. [Received February 20, 1917: Read March 20, 1917. ] (Text-figures 1 & 2.) INDEX. SysTEMATIC :— Page PANNA aeat acer ine mecca ae wear eersicaeeten LOO Ue Ul etrenter send wrnyrate os Te eee cae eae onnaare tenets Lk The enormous expansion of our knowledge of early Tetrapods during the last twenty years, which we owe especially to the work of Broili, Broom, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, and Williston, has led to the general realisation of the inadequacy of our existing scheme of classification. It is the purpose of this paper to produce a classification of these animals which, whilst including all existing information and paying attention to the taxonomic views of other students, shall be so far as possible a consistent whole expressing my own view of the relationships of the forms which fall within its scope. The difficulties of classification of early Tetrapods are identical with those which lead to divergence between those classifications of the early Hocene placental mammals characteristic of the American and European schools. Most American authors, for example, follow Osborn in dividing the Lower Eocene Perissodactyls, which are all very much alike in structure, between the families of Horses, Tapirs, Rhino- ceroses, Lophiodonts, Calicotheres, and Titanotheres, whilst European authorities include them all in the one family Lophio- dontide, ancestral to all other families of Perissodactyls. Both methods are quite legitimate, expressing as they do different aspects of the subject. Prof. Osborn’s method has the great merit of forcing atten- tion to the consideration of the small details which persist throughout families, and of bringing out clearly our knowledge of actual lines of descent. Its drawbacks are that, without a very considerable knowledge not only of one animal, but of its descendants, it is impossible to be certain: of its position in the system, and that the families are with difficulty, if at all, definable. The other method, of having large primitive familics ancestral to all later lines of an order, has the advantage of emphasising the great resemblances between all members of an order in its early youth and of giving readily definable families nto which any relatively well-known type can be securely placed. It 168 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON suffers from the disadvantage that whilst emphasising resem- blances it is liable to obliterate remembrance or recognition of differences. As in my opinion the study of early Tetrapods is at present suffering from an insufficient appreciation of the differences that do exist, the following scheme will follow Prof. Osborn’s method, although I fully realise that this course leads to a multiplication of Orders and to the placing of many types as incerta sedis. BATRACHIA. Macartney, 1802 Tetrapods which, either in a larval stage or persistently, breathe by gills. Super-Order LABYRINTHODONTIA (Owen). Amphibia with a roofed skull, a lower jaw consisting of at least eight bones on each side, and vertebre consisting ote neural arches aid intracentra in all fone with pleurocentra in addition in most. Grade EMBOLOMERI Cope. Labyrinthodonts with large well-ossified basioccipital and basi- sphenoid. Occipital condyle single or triple. Pterygoids with a large palatal part, articulating by movable facets with definite basipterygoid processes of the basisphenoid. Interpterygoid vacuities very small. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with- out occipital extensions. Family ANTHRACOSAURIDA Cope, 1875. Embolomeri with a single occipital condyle. No specialised sacral vertebre. Clavicles flat plates with parallel anterior and posterior margins. A ventral armour of scutes. Primitively aquatic. | : Anthracosaurus Hux. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland. Pteroplax Hancock & Atthey. L.? Coal Measures, North- umberland. Pholiderpeton Hux. M. Coal Measures, Yorkshire. ? Hrpetosuchus * Moodie. U. Coal Measures, Kansas. Family LoxommMip&, nov. Embolomeri with triple occipital condyles and enlarged orbits. Post-cranial skeleton net known. ¢ No ventral armour. Loxomma Hux. IL. Carboniferous, Scotland. ‘“ Loxomma allmant.” Lower and Middle Coal Measures, Lanarkshire, Fifeshire, Northumberland, Staffordshire. Baphetes Owen. Coal Measures, Nova Scotia. ** Loxomma bohemicum.” L. Permian, Ny¥ran, Bohemia. * Name preoccupied. E. T. Newton, 1893, PRE-JURASSIC TE!RAPODS. 169 Family PHOLIDOGASTERIDA, nov. Embolomeri showing a passage to Rachitomi? With clavicles expanded on the ventral surface. Ventral armour of scutes. (Secondarily aquatic ?) Pholidogaster Huxley. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland. Family Cricotipa Cope. Embolomeri with elongated skulls. Clavicles expanded on the ventral surface. Ventral armour of small scutes, (Secondarily aquatic ?) Cricotus Cope. Artinskian, Texas, and ? U. Coal Measures, Tilinois. Embolomeri incerta sedis. Diplovertebron Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia. Nummulosaurus ,; - - Macromeriwm 55 * a Spondylerpeton Moodie. U. Carboniferous, Illinois. Grade RACHITOMI Cope. Labyrinthodonts with ossified basioccipital and basisphenoid. Occipital condyle triple or double. Pterygoids usually with a medium-sized palatal part, interpterygoid vacuities of medium to large size. Pterygoids articulating with both parasphenoid and basisphenoid. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with occipital flanges. Paroccipital always visible from behind. Vertebre rachitomous, 7. e., with small paired pleurocentra and half-moon shaped intercentra. Grade STEREOSPONDYLI Cope. Labyrinthodonts with reduced basioccipital and basisphenoid. Occipital condyle double. Pterygoids with a reduced palatal ramus, interpterygoid vacuities large to very large. Pterygoids supported by the parasphenoid. Exoccipital meeting the occi- pital flange of the tabular so as to hide the paroccipital in an occipital view. Vertebre stereospondylous, 7. e., with very reduced or absent pleurocentra and enlarged intercentra. I have discussed the classification of the grades Rachitomi and Stereospondyli in very great detail in a paper which will, I hope, soon be published ; it is therefore unnecessary to reproduce the division into families on the present occasion. Super-Order PH YLLOSPONDYLIA Credner. Small, very highly specialised Batrachia with a roofed skull, palate with very widely open interpterygoid vacuities, palatines and lower jaw very reduced. Coracoid and pubis not ossified. Four-fingered hand. Ventral armour of small round scutes. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No, XII. 12 170 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON Family BRANCHIOSAURID Fritsch. With the characters of the super-order. Lranchiosaurus Fritsch. Upper Coal Measures and Lower Permian, Bohemia, Germany, and France. Micrerpeton Moodie. Coal Measures, Llinois. Melanerpeton Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia and Saxony. Pelosaurus Credner. % Saxony and France. ? Dawsonia Fritsch. - Bohemia. Super-Order LEPOSPONDYLIA Zittel. Small Batrachia with a roofed skull aa lepospondylous vertebre. Very few members of the super-order are at all completely known, and these differ in many respects. In the structure of the skull and lower jaw Batrachiderpeton and Diplocaulus show clear resemblances to the Labyrinthodontia, perhaps only owing to a common descent from Crossopterygian fish. Family Necrripra Miall. Lepospondyli with the posterior corners of the skull produeed.. Two occipital condyles. Palate with a small parasphenoid and small vacuities. ‘Tail with long neural and hemal spines, ex- panded and fluted at the ends. Accessory articulating facettes between the vertebre. Keraterpeton Hux. Coal Measures, Ireland and England. Urocordylus Hux. Batrachiderpeton Hancock & Atthey. Coal Measur es, En gland. ? Scincosaurus Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia. ? Oestocephalus Cope. Coal Measures, Ohio: ? Ptyonius Cope. a 3 ? Sawravus Thevenin. U. Coal Measures, France. ? Diceratosaurus Jaekel. Coal Measures, Ohio. ? Crossotelos Case. L. Permian, Oklahoma. Family DreLocauLip& Lepospondyli with enormously produced corners of the skull. Palate with a large parasphenoid and moderate-sized vacuities. Tail long, with well interlocked vertebre. Diplocaulus Cope. lL. Permian, Texas; U. Carboniferous, Illinois. Family AIsToPpoDID. Legless Lepospondyls. Dolichosoma Hux. U. Carboniferous, Ireland; and other forms not necessarily closely connected. Batrachia incerta sedis. Lysorophus (primitive Urodele 2) ; Cardiocephalus, Gymnarthrus, etc. PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. Lél Class REPTILIA. It is now impossible to give any definition of the class Reptilia which, whilst including all members of the group, will exclude all other Tetrapods. The essential feature of a reptile is that it can carry out the whole of its life-history on dry land, not pro- ducing a gill-breathing larva, and that it is not a mammal or a bird. Reptiles lay a shelled egg except in viviparous forms, in which the egg is hatched before it is laid. Super-Order COTY LOSAU RIA (Cope). Reptiles with a roofed skull and _ plate-like pelvis. The members of this super-order are merely held together by these primitive characters, the typical forms also by many other common primitive reptilian characters lost by the advanced members of this group. Order Seymouriamorpha, nov. Cotylosaurs with a skull resembling in nearly all known details that of the Anthracosauride. Otic notches small, quad- vate inclined backward. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals on the skull roof, but with occipital flanges. Pro-otie reaching the skull roof. Inner ear widely open to the cranial cavity in the lateral wall of the cranium. Vertebre with very heavy and expanded arches and very large intercentra. Limbs very primitive, like those of the Rhachitomous amphi- bian Hryops in many features. Seymouria Broili, Artinskian, Texas. Order Diadectomorpha, nov. Cotylosaurs with exaggerated laterally placed otic notches and a vertically placed quadrate. Super-Family DiApEctip& Cope. Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-cavity. Tabulars and interparietal turned down onto the occipital surface, closed post- temporal vacuities. Inner ear widely open to cranial cavity. Vertebree with heavy neural arches. Limbs primitive. Diadectes Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Diadectoides Case. ‘, ‘ Nothodon Marsh. ? U. Coal Measures, New Mexico. Animasaurus Williston. _ ,, 59 a ? Desmatodon Case. B Pennsylvania, Diasparactus Case. ; a New Mexico. ? Chibonyx Cope. Artinskian, Texas. ? Stephanospondylus Geinitz & Deich. M. Rothliegende, Saxony. Peg 2 MR. D. M. 8. WATSON ON Super-Family Partasaurip#& Seeley. Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-case. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals on the dorsal surface. Large post-temporal vacuities. Otic notch secondarily obliterated. Inner ear sepa- rated from cranial cavity by bone. Vertebie with heavy neural arches. Pectoral limb advanced in the nearly vertical position of the fore arm in life. Pelvic girdle advanced in the expanded backwardly sloping ilium. ‘Pariasaurus Owen. U. Permian, S. Africa. Propappus Seeley. Anthodon Owen. - bs ue Lradysaurus Watson. M. Permian, Embrithosaurus Watson - 4 Higinia K. T. Newton. U. Permian, Scotland. Pariasuchus Broom. < S. Africa. ? Sclerosaurus H. v. Meyer. L. Trias, Switzerland. ae 29 99 Super-Family PRocoLopHonip& Seeley. Diadectomorphs with a short high Sphenoden-like brain-case. Tabulars partly on the oceipital surface. Vertebree with heavy neural arches. Fore limb specialised in the loss of the screw-shaped glenoid cavity. Procolophon Owen. LL. Trias, 8. Africa. Telerpeton Mantell. M. Trias, Scotland. Koiloskiosaurus v. Huene. L. Trias, Germany. Order Capitorhinomorpha, nov. Cotylosaurs with an obliterated otic notch and vertically placed quadrates. Super- Family CAPproRHINIDA, Captorhinomorphs with short high brain-cavity, widened supraoccipital (inner ear placed low down ?%). Dermo-supra- occipitals on the occipital surface. Stapes perforate, with a very large foot-plate articulating with pro-otic, paroccipital, basi- sphenoid, and basioccipital, and distally reaching the quadrate. Limbs primitive. Fam. CAPTORHININ#. Captorhinus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas. Labidosaurus ,, es a ¢ Fam. PaRioricHID&. Parvotichus Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Lsodectes ie - Re Puercosaurus Williston. Artinskian, New Mexico. PRE-JURASSIC 'TETRAPODS. 173 Super-Family LIMNOSCELID#, nov. Captorhinomorphs. Brain-case unknown. With primitive limbs, carpus and tarsus only partially ossified. Limnoscelis Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico. Super-Family PAnryLip&, nov. Brain-ecase unknown. With light neural arches and limbs. Pantylus Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Super-Order ANOMODONTIA Owen. Reptiles with a single temporal vacuity. A short high brain- case with the inner ear placed low down. Supraoccipital very broad. ‘“Stapes” articulating with the quadrate. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipital on occipital surface. In typical forms the lower jaw laterally compressed and with a notched angular. Derived from a common ancestor with Captorhinide. Order Caseasauria, nov. Doubtfully belonging to super-order. Skull short, with a single laterally placed temporal fossa, sur- rounded by the postorbital, squamosal, ? quadratojugal and jugal. Brain-case not well known but apparently considerably different from the normal type of the super-order. Stapes extending nearly to quadrate. Lower jaw showing a projection of the articular on the inner side and perhaps a lateral compression of the angular which may lead on to the typical superordinal arrangement. Casea Williston. Artinskian, Texas. ¢ Trispondylus Williston. Artinskian, Texas, Order Pelycosaurias Anomodonts with the postorbital and squamosal meeting over the temporal fossa, with a screw-shaped glenoid cavity carried by scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid, and primitive limbs. Super-Family PoLrosauRID& Case. Pelycosaurs with a straight tooth-row and undifferentiated dentition. A small supratemporal; stapes articulating with the pro-otic, paroccipital, basioccipital, and basisphenoid round the fenestra ovale only. Cervical neural arches usually heavy and with nearly horizontal zygapophysial facets. Varanosaurus Broili. Artinskian, Texas. Varanoops Williston. i 5 ? Poliosaurus Case. » Pecilospondylus Case. - ” ¢ Mycterosaurus Williston. ,, 56 174 MR. D. M. Se WATSON ON -Super-Family OPpHIACODONTIDA. Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and slightly differentiated dentition. A small supratemporal. Stapes articulating with the edges of the fenestra ovale and by a special head with the under surface of the paroccipital process. Cervical neural arches not heavy. Deiopeus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas. Theropleura Cope. e i Ophiacodon Marsh. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico. ? Stereorachis Gaudry. L. Permian, France. Super-Family SPHENACODONTIDA. Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and well-differentiated dentition. Stapes of two parts, a small element articulating with the fenestra ovale and distally with a large element which articulates with the paroccipital process, the pterygoid and quadrate. A typieal compressed and notched angular. - Family CLEPSYDROPID Cope. Sphenacodontide with a carnivorous dentition and a_pro- nounced step between the dentigerous edges of the premaxilla and maxilla. Clepsydrops Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Upper Coal Measures, Illinois. Dimetrodon Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Sphenacodon Marsh. ‘ New Mexico. Tetraceratops Matthew. ,, Texas. ?“ Geosaurus cynodus” Gervais. L. Permian, France. Family EDAPHOSAURID& Cope. Sphenacodontide with a powerful palatal dentition of small teeth. Edaphosaurus Cope. U. Coal Measures and L. Permian, Texas, New Mexico, Bohemia, Saxony, Urals. Naosaurus Cope. L. Permian, Texas. | Super-Family Botosauripé. Systematic position very doubtful, but as the occiput seems to be of Anomodont type and the lower jaw is undoubtedly com- pressed and the angular apparently notched, they may be placed here. Skull with large orbits and very short pre-orbital and temporal region, upper surface passing smoothly into the occiput. Tem- poral vacuity entirely on the side of skull and placed low down. PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPOULS, lye Bolosaurus Cope. Artinskian, Texas. ?Glaucosaurus Williston. Artinskian, ‘Texas. ? Paleohatteria Credner. L.. Permian, Saxony. Pelycosaurs of undetermined position. Arribasaurus Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico. Bathygnathus Leidy. Permian, Canada. (?% Clepsydropid.) Order Deinocephalia Seeley. Anomodont reptiles, with unreduced quadrates. No supra- temporal element. Postorbital and squamosal meeting above temporal fossa. ‘The basicranium forming a deep wall below the condyle. Glenoid cavity supported solely by the scapula and coracoid in typical forms. Limbs modernised. Super-Family TAPINOCEPHALID. Deinocephalia with a short skull and shoit mouth. Tapinocephalus Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa. Mormosaurus Watson. 3 55 Pnrigalion Watson. - a Lamiasaurus Watson. * > Struthiocephalus Haughton. _,, = Moschosaurus . " Moschops Broom. 3 35 Moschognathus Broom. re 7 Taurops m 8 3 Eceasaurus - es ¥ Delphinognathus Seeley. i . Deuterosaurus Eichwald. Permian, Russia. etc. Super-Family TrranosucHID&. Deinocephalia with an elongated mouth. Titanosuchus Owen. M. Permian, 8S. Africa. ? Rhopalodon Fischer. . i Russia. ? Cliorhizodon Twelvetrees. __,, ‘ - ? Dinosaurus Fischer. a " - Order Dromasauria. Anomodonts with very long slender limbs. Large orbits, short pre-orbital and temporal region, rounded dorsal contour of skull, and a T-shaped squamosal. ¢ descended from Bolosauride. Galechirus Broom. M. Permian, S. Africa. Galepus 9? 99 9 Galeops ” ” 20 ¢ Paleohatteria Credner. L. Permian, Germany. 176 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON Order Dicynodontia. Anomodonts with a reduced quadrate ‘and quadratojugal. T-shaped squamosal without otic groove. Fenestra ovale carried down by along process composed of basioccipital, basisphenoid, prootic, and paroccipital. Scapula with acromion. Glenoid cavity borne only on aca and coracoid. Pelvis with a pubo-ischiac vacuity. Dicynodon Owen. M. and U. Permian, 8S. Africa and Russia. Tropidostoma Seeley. 10 Endothiodon Owen. M. Permian, S. Mees, Cryptocynodon Seeley. U. Permian, = Prodicynodon Broom. is ri Pristerodon Huxley. ne a Gordonia Newton. Be Scotland. Geikia of x * Kisticephalus Owen. a S. Africa. Dielurodon Broom. Taognathus ,, Kannemeyeria Seeley. M. Trias, Lystrosaurus Cope. L. Trias, Eubrachiosaurus Williston. M. Trias, Wyoming. Placerias Lucas. M. Trias, Arizona. Order Theriodontia Owen. Anomodonts with carnivorous specialisation and reduced quadrate and quadrato-jugal. Glenoid cavity on scapula and coracoid. Sub-Order GorGonopsra Lydd. Theriodonts with the parietal excluded from the temporal fossa. Palate with no suborbital vacuities. Gorgonops Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa. Scymnognathus Broom. U. as cs Arctops Watson. M. ; 3 Galesuchus Haughton. M. ¥ Sipe Scymnosaurus Broom. M. a a ? Cynodraco Owen. jy cone Toretocnemus. Merriamia. M. Trias, Nevada. Shastasaurus. Delphinosaurus. Super-Order ARCHOSAURIA. Reptiles with a skull with two temporal openings. Brain-case much narrowed between the ears, usually surrounded by bone in advance of the prootic. Paroccipital process antero-posteriorly compressed and long, with the fenestra ovale opening on its lower edge. A single coracoidal element. Order Thecodontia. Primitive Archosaurians with clavicles and an interclavicle. Pelvis “ plate-like.” Family ‘“‘ KosucHip.” Thecodonts with intercentra throughout the column. * Kosuchus” Watson. U. Permian, 8. Africa. Youngina Broom. 5 5 Family ERyrtHrosucHID&, nov. Very large semiaquatic Thecodonts with a twisted humerus’ with much expanded ends. Anterior margin of pubis suddenly deflected. Feeble dorsal armour. Lrythrosuchus Broom, M. Trias, 8. Africa. Family Puyrosaurip# McGregor. Large Thecodonts, with an elongated rostrum formed mainly by the premaxilla. Dorsal and ventral scutes. Mesorhinus Jaekel. L. Trias, Germany. Palworhinus Williston. M.? Trias, Wyoming. Phytosaurus Jaeger. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg and U.S.A. Mystriosuchus Fraas. 3 . Rhytidodon Emmons. Toe secre ¢*Stagonolepis Agassiz. M. Trias, Scotland. 180 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON Family OrnrirHosucHip# v. Huene. Small, slightly built Thecodonts. Pointed skull without pro- duced rostrum. Pubis and ischium much produced. Hinder limbs longer than the fore. ? Directly ancestral to Theropodous Deinosaurs. Oriithosuchus EK. 'T. Newton. M. Trias, Scotland. Huparkeria Broom. . S. Africa. Scleromochlus A.S. Woodward. _,, Scotland. Sphenosuchus Haughton. U. Trias, 8. Africa. Family AErosaurRID& Baur. Small Thecodonts with a pointed skull without rostrum, pubis and ischium short. Hind limbs not greatly larger than the fore. A very heavy dorsal and ventral armour. Aetosaurus Fraas. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg. ? Dyoplax 3 _ cs ¢Stegomus Marsh. * WAS .As ¢ Notochampsa Broom. ,, S. Africa. Family Howest1p&, nov. ?Theecodonts with several rows of teeth in the maxilla. Howesia Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa. ? Mesosuchus Watson. a sf ?¢ Proterosuchus Broom. e ss Family ERPETOSUCHIDA, nov. Small Thecodonts with a pear-shaped skull, not very elongated rostrum. Palate ineipiently secondary, with the posterior nares in a deep groove. ¢ Ancestral to the Crocodilia. Erpetosuchus E.T, Newton. M. Trias, Scotland. Order Saurischia Seeley. Archosauria with the astragalus very closely and immovably articulated with the tibia. Pelvis with the pubis and ischia long and projecting downward, usually with an ischio-pubic vacuity. Thecodontosaurus Riley & Stutchbury. U. Trias, Somerset- shire, Swabia, 8. Africa, Queensland ; and very many forms representing numerous families, defined especially by v. Huene. Order Rhynchocephalia Giinth, Reptiles with a two-arched skull, a short, high brain-case not ossified in advance of the prootic, and large fenestra ovale. Teeth on the dentary biting into a groove between the maxillary and palatine teeth. PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. 181 Family RHYNCHOSAURIDA. With plate-like pelvis. Rhynchosaurus Owen. U. Trias, England. Hyperodapedon Hux. M.& U. Trias, England, Scotland, India. Stenometopon Boulenger. M. Trias, Scotland. ? Palacrodon Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa. Order Proganosauria Baur. Aquatic reptiles with long tails. Skulls elongated. Vertebrze with small notochordal centra and very heavy arches and no intercentra. A single coracoidal element, five distal carpals and tarsals. Pelvis plate-like. Mesosaurus Gervais. L.? Permian, 8. Africa, Brazil. Noteosaurus Broom. S. Africa. 79. Stereosternum Cope. » . Brazil. Order Protorosauria Seeley. Lightly built reptiles with pointed skulls and a single tem- poral vacuity. A single coracoidal element and a_ plate-like pubis. There ig not the slightest evidence that the series of small Paleozoic reptiles listed below are related to one another. Prof. Williston believes Arwoscelis to be related to the lizard ancestry. Broomia may also have affinities with the Squamata. oe SO TEREOSPONDYLI Capitosaurus Microphalidce Lydek'kerinide 1 i] ! ' ‘ t U 4 U RACH TOMI, Eve Loxommiide ) t ) ELES? URO w--- Oe ee ee ee ee Phylogenetic tree illustrating the relations of the early Amphibia, each group being placed in its correct time. 183 PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. ‘eipyqday Apiva oy} Jo LuasopAyg oy} Suryeaqsnyyt vay, ‘snows _ ; ; peeese eee : “4. i] LY a sae Ge, wwmey ee ae ae ; - ‘viuOHIOWIMOWARS XE Noes i Ai ee ee -NOEYVD ie i ! ae , ‘ % ee Sac oe “SS ae eeane os a ay ; ' x | ee ae 1 SS WINNWSOJAT3d NVINERE, A, PROSE \ SrTanaaS MHAUOWONIHYOLAVOS ; | SSS RS OON SHEER SREY i \ Ss dha fapiacoade5 i | ‘ NS \ Seton epidospAsday, : Se - oy ad fae a Sen Se ‘ oa & iy wie A Db iE hCG A bal St OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. (1917, pp. 217-338.) Page ALPHERAKY, SERGIUS. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson). (lextstioure’ 1.) 3.05... ER Ore er een Cee 251 Bavcock, H. D., M.A. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2. (Text-figures L212 eon eee ne Set ae aCe rca tn a eee ena Pre BamsBer, Ruts C., M.Sc. ' Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. (PlatesI.&II.)... 217 Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauro- TOSELED TG CRP seh at OBE A EEL eee ene ee ee eee 22 Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Common Frog showing the Spalteholz method of preparation vill } Page CHEESMAN, Miss EK. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits of the Long Water-Scorpion, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on observations made in the Caird Insect House. (Text- figure 1.) wi sassi canes causes esuinn e> delncleleesiese see see see eee 333 Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. M. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. (PlateT.) ... 233 Hint, Prof. J. P., D.Sc., F.B.S., F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition of new-born Marsupials, with an account of the mode of parturition and external Characters. scot. cbecy sees cs de ole cesar eee eee 337 Jorcey, J. J., F.LS., F.Z58., F.E.S., and Tatsot, G,, FBS: New South-American Rhopalocera, (Plate I.)......... 259 New South-American Arctiide. (Plate I.) ............ 265 New Butterflies from Africa and the East............... 271 A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. (Plates i c5o ist A ae te ue e eee APA Be te eee 273 Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. (Plate I. fig. 3.). 275 Jonges, F. Woop, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S. The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull‘of Lemur. o(lext-tigures 1=5;) 0). e eee 323 Exhibition of the skull of a Lioness, showing the efiect of captivity: is.2501...c:caaseaseoueean eh eee ae tee a eee 333. Exhibition of a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium 1X LAIDLAW, F. F., M.A., F.Z.S. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus Colca. WWext-houres! 10.) cose. cect eres een uote eae MircHei, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of May, June, July, August, and EC DUCINIO CI MMO -guharns ia atomasn Setter nce soagteas ates Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. D.’Sern-Smira, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-slides prepared frome PhoOtvopraphs OL MAM MGS i656 s.0c.sscateeccaeaneeassaees Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, L917 .....0c..-...ecscssevess eee Morrram, J. C., M.B. (Lond.). Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the murmiaeer o(Text-feures 1-4.) (crise. cccceseecseossincrsosceess Pocock, RecinauD I., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of the head of a castrated Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult Pere David’s Deer .......... Be er ee era SMM ei cinterg 4 Vit Aa tact eB tae Re@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Description of the present state of knowledge regarding the life-history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means WimlaMiberMeslIGOe es 7. .c cadet coud cics ub ad dabwsdedsce vaceereaeses Taupot, G. See Jorcey, J. J. Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1917, 6 Page 223 dod 1 336 253 Jol +s be ‘Pa ae . 3 i I a 1 a Hk Fi ie, he F i - . a . ¥ ‘ ‘ \ y eee tig es Es 7 . . z = t 5 o ias + “Wie =) 5 H ed iY 4 : - s fe “A 5 x oa me) 38 . , «es \ , . mS “ a Oo Ope ip ¥ i pe a : as ; t E ~~. ees Th * , * ¢ ms : : “ ft aeen > r oy ava g te \ J a \ ' fe oe - . fe a] 4 ie S i ” ON : 2 pte BO reg pet pL OD © ae w= ty Savy res, re, - f)_I-s . ee a 7 a ‘ ty, 7, - i ’ ie 4 J : - = a : i ’ . P] * ae Ay : aa a ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIIDA. 265 19. New South-American Arctiide. By J. J. Joicey, ELS: 1:Z.S,, FHS... and G. Tarsor, F.E.S. [Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. | (Plate I.*) INDEx. SYSTEMATIC: Page RIC AUUSIAVELNOFAD, SY. /Is bers0scesdevserenesias ss sesgsesds ate, 200 Neonerita metapheenica, sp. nN. ......... cee cece eee eee ees 265 Areéomolis nigripuncta, SP. Me... .cccce cece cece teens eee 266 PARMLOMOLIS AGNIVENA, SPs Ne .aseie..-bep-2cncvececseos seems 200 Automolis ochreogaster, SP. De ....0.0.c.ccbeeveceeeeesene ess 267 Automolis ochreomarginata, Sp. ...... ce. ce cece 267 Glaucostola maroniensis, Sp. Ne 2... ..c cece cee eee. 268 UMICLCSeIAVESCENS"SP)sNe 5x2 rede. tcads xe oreoreradeicien 9208 OphOTUS OCHRACEA, SPeMe res cteneie: cemnes tesco vex 209 Neritos purpureotincta, Sp. Ve... .....0cc ccc ceccee eee 269 The types of the species herein described are in the collection of Joicey. Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson for kind help given. 1. IDALUS FLAVITHORAX, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.) Nearest flavoplaga Schaus. 6. Both sides of fore wing pale purplish brown ; veins white. A large pale-yellow distal costal patch, extending to below vein 4 and filling end of cell, its outer edge parallel to margin and as long as its costal edge. Inner margin with a yellow stripe on its outer half, the edge of the stripe curved above the submedian. Hind wing pale yellowish white, costa and margins more deeply tinted. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-yellow, three end seg- ments of abdomen above black fringed with grey, below yellow excepting end-segment. Antenne white above, brown below. Palpi greyish-white. Legs white, coxe of fore-legs yellow. Length of fore wing 15 mm. Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul. A single specimen. 2, NEONERITA METAPHENICA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.) Nearest to yahuase J.& T., Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 8, vol. xviii. p. 54, pl. xiv. fig. 3 (1916) (Peruvian Amazon). 3. Differs from yahuase in its smaller size, broader band on the fore wing, and hind wing washed with crimson except over the apical area. Antenne, thorax, and abdomen above crimson, the thorax being much duller with a greyish admixture. Length of fore wing 9 mm. Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢. * For explanation of the Plate see p. 276. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XIX. 19 266 MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT: ON 3. ARHOMOLIS NIGRIPUNCTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6.) Near sanguinea Hamps.*, but more strongly irrorated with yellow, the discal line strongly curved, and the three subapical spots placed in a curve. 3. Upperside of fore wing crimson, strongly irrorated with yellow. Costal edge greyish white for proximal two-thirds, Markings yellowish grey tinged with crimson. Three ill-defined basal spots edged with blackish outwardly, the upper one in the cell; a discal band of spots, its Inner edge strongly curved and defined by blackish dots, its outer edge irregular, though the upper part defined by blackish dots forms a curve to below vein 3; below this the band is much narrower and reaches the tornus ; anteriorly it is limited by the subcostal and is composed of a double spot in the end of the cell, three outside the cell and five below it; three subapical spots forming a curve, and below the third two smaller and darker spots parallel to the margin ; the termen marked by black dots at the ends of the veins. Hind wing with distal area salmon-pink, the discal and basal area being hyaline. Underside of fore wing with basal area to vein 2 grey tinged with crimson, costal edge grey, distal area crimson strongly tinged with yellow, markings of upperside faintly showing. Hind wing paler than above. Antenne grey-brown except basal two-thirds of shaft, which is crimson above; palpi crimson inside and grey-brown on outer side; frons grey-brown; head and thorax crimson irrorated with yellow ; abdomen above salmon-pink, basal two segments and anal tuft grey-white; thorax and abdomen below grey-white ; legs grey-white marked with crimson, anterior coxze crimson on inside, Length of fore wing 16 mm. Hab. French Guiana, St. Laurent, Maroni River, July—Sept. J ui raueh tole Whilst Sir George Hampson regards this as an Arcomolis, it may be useful to point out that it differs from his original diagnosis of that genus. The fore wing has vein 10 originating before 7, and the hind wing has 3 and 5 on a short stalk, and 6 and 7 from the cell. The fore wing has a patch of androconia below the cell in the median area. The hind wing has the costa lobed, and bears a small patch of androconia on the upperside above the cell; on the underside of the inner margin is a fold containing a brush of androconial hairs which are club-shaped. The antenne are serrate and fasciculate. 4, AUTOMOLIS IGNIVENA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.) Near ditissima Walk. from 8. Brazil, but larger and with a difterently shaped apical patch. 2. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with * Areomolis sanguinea Hampson, A. M. N. H. ser. 7, vol. xv. p. 442 (1905) Cayenne). NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIIDA. © 267 blackish, darker on the inner margin, basal area paler; apical patch pale yellow, extending to vein 3, outwardly defined by pale orange, which also colours the veins traversing it; the part filling cellule 4 is half the length of the areas in 3 and 5; a discal zigzag crimson line from the costa at vein 6 to the middle of inner margin, outwardly curved to vein 3, then directed basad to sub- median, thence distad to margin on the black area, being here much thickened and enclosing a yellow spot; anteriorly the teeth formed in cellules 3-5 are filled in with pale orange; some reddish suffusion at the base; a short crimson basal streak below cell; costa pale orange; veins crimson. Hind wing dark brown, also fringes; apex produced and a short anal lobe. Underside of fore wing dark brown, apical patch as above ; basal two-thirds of cell and a stripe below it pale yellow. Hind wing with a pale-yellow subbasal spot below costa. Antenne brown, white anteriorly; palpi with first segment white, the rest grey on outside, black on inside; frons grey-white; head pale orange; thorax yellowish white marked with orange, two black dots at base; abdomen crimson above, white below; pectus white; legs white, fore-legs marked with pale orange. Length of fore wing 18 mm. Hab, North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E. Prawb 1912: 12. 5. AUTOMOLIS OCHREOGASTER, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.) ¢. Upperside silky-white; underside similar with the veins brownish. ¢ Head, tegule, patagia, and base of abdomen silky-white ; antennee with shaft white above, brown below, serrate and fasci- culate; frons with a tinge of ochreous; an ochreous line at side of eye; abdomen pale ochreous; legs grey-white; palpi white, ochreous on inside. Hind wing with 3 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from middle of cell. Length of fore wing 17 mm. — flab. Sapucay, Paraguay, July 1902, 1°. Similar to albescens Roths., but differs in neuration of hind wing. 6, AUTOMOLIS OCHREOMARGINATA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 9.) Nearest sicilia Druce, from Mexico and Panama. d. Upperside.—Vore wing orange-yellow, the apex thinly scaled with black. A narrow terminal buff margin widening posteriorly. Hind wing paler yellow than fore wing, darker along outer and inner margins. . Underside as above.—Vore wing with apex and costal edge narrowly black to within a quarter from base. Hind wing deeper yellow on costal area. . 13% 268 MESSRS, J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT ON Head and thorax orange-yellow; frons metallic blue, anteriorly ochreous; vertex with a metallic-blue spot: palpi black, ochreous on the outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; ; legs ochreous striped with black; abdomen black above, first and second segments orange-yellow, segments 4-6 with a metallic-blue dorsal spot, a lateral and sublateral series of metallic-blue spots reaching terminal segment, ventral surface ochreous with narrow black bands. Length of fore wing 16 mm. Hab. French Gian St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢. 7. GLAUCOSTOLA MARONIENSIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.) 3. Upperside.—fore wing blackish brown, greyish between the veins; two large irregularly-rounded white spots, one sub- basal, the other subapical; inner margin at the base narrowly orange. Hind wing pale orange with black outer margin, which is widest at angle of the wing and narrows posteriorly. Underside.—- ore wing with basal area white and fovea bearing a tuft of white hair. Hind wing as above. Head orange, a black spot on vertex, frons black; palpi black, paler on outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; tegule orange with mesial black spot; thorax grey-black; abdomen orange, paler below, segments 5 and 6 black dorsally and later- ally, a lateral row of black spots; legs grey-black and ochreous. Length of fore wing 13 mm. Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 3. Differs from typical Glaucostola in antenne being serrate aud fasciculate, and in fore wing having vein 3 from before angle of cell. Near metaxantha Schs. ~ 8. MELESE FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.) This distinct species belongs to Sect. 11. of Hampson’s diagnosis, and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate. 3. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with yellow. A yellow dot at the base, a yellow spot below the celi on the submedian, another boyoud it touching submedian and vein 2, one at the base of cellule 2, a rounded yellow spot beyond the cell in 5. Hind wing hyaline, costal and inner margins pale yellow, veins yellowish, fringes yellowish white. Underside of fore wing paler than above, grey-white in the » basal area. Antenne brown; palpi and lower part of frons pale orange- yellow, upper part of frons fuscous, vertex yellow ; tegule fuscous, rest of thorax yellow mixed with fuscous; abdomen yellowish brown, fringed at base with yellowish-white hair; pectus and fore-coxe pale orange-yellow, femora and tibize fuscous, tarsi grey-white. Length of fore wing 17 mm. Hab. Argentine, September, 1 3. bo (or) eo) NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID®, 9, OPHARUS OCHRACEA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.) This distinct species has no near ally. ©. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown with white markings. A small patch at the base with two black dots; a median band, its upper part directed distad, its lower part below cell narrower and directed basad to Inner margin; a broader discal band broken at cellule 2, its upper part formed of an oblong patch at right angles to costa, its lower part below vein 2 narrower and parallel with median band; a narrow postdiscal band of spots, its upper part to vein 4 at right angles to costa and composed of four spots joined together, the fourth much smaller, its lower part curved. basad to inner margin and composed of four separate spots smaller than the upper first three; a subterminal series of irregular spots, the first in 7 the second in 6, and nearer the margin, the third and fourfh joined in 4 and 5,and below the first, the fifth in 3, the sixth and seventh joined in 2 and 1, the last being curved and close to tornus. Mind wing semi-hyaline with a pale ochreous subterminal band, narrowing posteriorly and not reaching inner margin. Antenne rufous, basal segment white with a black dot; palpi pale ochreous, black at sides; frons pale ochreous, anteriorly with a black spot ; vertex white with a black spot; tegule white, bear- ing two black spots; patagia white with black spots and fringed with ochreous-brown ; abdomen pale orange above, grey-white below, with a dorsal and lateral series of black spots; pectus grey-white ; legs ochreous-brown, fore-coxe bearing a black spot on inside. Length of fore wing 25-27 mm. Hab. North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E. Pratt. £912. 2 O° 2. 10. NeRITos PURPUREOTINCTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 13.) This distinct species belongs to Sect. 111. of Hampson’s diagnosis, and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate. 3. Upperside of fore wing pale purple, with a darker brownish basal area; a crimson dot at extreme base, another at base of eell, another, encircled by black, in upper basal part of cell ; black line strongly curved outwards, from origin of vein 2 to inner margin and bordering a rounded crimson inner spot; heyond it a second curved blackish line below vein 2; some blackish sealing in outer part of cell; a crimson basal str eak on inner margin; a broad postdiscal semihyaline band of pale amber-yellow, its inner edge straight and oblique, margined with crimson, the distal edge curved inward, also margined with crimson, cutting off a rounded apical patch; veins traversing apical patch crimson near margin and blackish behind ; costal edge crimson except on the band; fringe of outer margin pale yellow. Hind wing pale orange-yellow, costa pinkish, Underside of fore wing similar to upperside, basal area darker, * 270 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID. paler in the median space; crimson edging to the band better defined ; apical area darker, more invaded by crimson. Hind wing with costa pale crimson. Antenne reddish brown, crimson in basal part; palpi crimson, second segment marked with brown, first segment white in outer and basal part; head and thorax crimson and with a blackish- brown patch; abdomen orange-yellow above with a white basal dorsal spot; pectus and abdomen below white; legs white, fore- and mid-tibie and tarsi pale yellow. Length of fore wing 13 mm. Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢. & ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST. 271 20. New Butterflies from Africa and the Hast By J. J. Jorn | tes.e BP AS.. FLES.,.and G. Tapor, [Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. ] INDEX. SYSTEMATIC: Page Papilio illyris hamatus, subspe Ny ......s0cececesccreres 201 Charaxes maudei, sp. n. San eda DEA, Charaves smaragdalis or senate. saber Tih see eeee oe ee Papilio polydorus ulawaensis, subsp. n. or aberr.n.... 272 The types of the forms herein described are in the collection of Joicey. PAPILIO ILLYRIS HAMATUS, Subsp. n. So. Upperside with broader bands. Sore wing with band straighter on its outer edge. ae wing with a bar at the end of cell, almost cutting off a cell-s Underside with reduced red on ae hind wing; the red line fringing the black spot in 7 is very narrow, and the black spot is reduced to a straight bar; white spot beyond cell enlarged and entering the cell. Hab. German East Africa (British “Cecupaoh )s. ex coll. Suffert, 1 ¢. Ciranaxns MAUDEI, sp. n. Allied to atphares Cram. and citheron Feld., and perhaps linking these two species together. 8 “The upperside resembles, citheron and the underside more like wiphares. Much larger than any females we have seen of these two species. Upperside of fore wing with a broad white discal band, broken where 1c, 2, and 3 cross it, the spot in 3 larger than the others, in le smaller than the spot below it; 3 subapical spots as in citheron, followed by 6 spots in 5, 4, 3, 2, le and 1b, forming a subterminal series of fulvous spots, the two upper ones being white proximally, the two lower ones placed close to the lower median white patches. Mind wing with a broad white discal band formed as in citheron, its distal edge with diffuse purplish scaling ; a postdiscal series of 5 fulvous spots in cellules 2-6, the anterior one touching the discal band; a subterminal series of small violet spots; marginal lunules thicker than in the two allied species, the anterior 3 fulvous, the posterior 3 dull green. Underside with greener ground-colour than in the. allied species. More wing with discal band continuous, its proximal edge indented so that the black line is strongly curved in the * 272 ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST, lower median space, and in 2 and 3; black post-discocellular line much thicker than in the allied species; subterminal fulvous spots much brighter than in citheron, some faint whitish scaling distally of the upper 5 spots, which is seen completely developed in xiphares; black subterminal spots in 2 and below it as in citheron, and not so large as in xiphares. Hind wing with discal white scaling from costa to vein 4 more developed than in citheron, but much less so than in wiphares; other markings as in citheron. Length of fore wing 57 mm. Hab. German East Africa (British occupation),—Lindi, 1 92, ex coll. Suffert. CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS ORIENTALIS, subsp. n. d. Differs from the type-form in reduced blue on both wings. The patch below vein 2 on the fore wing is reduced distally and is indistinctly divided by a curved line between vein 2 and the submedian, a line which sometimes appears in the typical form. The blue band of the hind wing does not extend basad beyond the point of origin of veins 3 and 4; ‘it is also reduced distally and the spot in 6 is only about two-thirds the typical size; the submarginal spots have only the faintest trace of a white dot. Underside more yellowish, the yellow subterminal lunules thicker and without any white scaling. Hab. Kast Africa—Kericho, July 1903 (Jackson), 1 5. In Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Rau, Nandi, 12. 2.98 (Dr. Ansorge). PAPILIO POLYDORUS ULAWAENSIS, subsp. or aberr. n. Near the race polydemon Math. The hind wing with discal patches obsolete above and much reduced below. Hab. Ulawa Island, North Solomons, 1 2? , ex coll. Grose-Smith. - + ber + . 7 = ra . . =m) PZ.5. 1917, TALBOT & |@l@zieuiaaNe Horace Knight, del. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD. GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON. HBN. A GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON, 273 21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. By Jao sorony, f.iis., HZ.5.; f.B.S., and G, Tatsor, [Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. } (Plate II.*) This remarkable specimen is a well-marked example of gynan- dromorphism, the right hind wing above being normal. It belongs to the race phanias Roths. & Jord. Both fore wings are asymmetrical and each shows a large spot in the end of the cell. The right fore wing has the band inter- rupted between the submedian fold and vein 3, two small spots being left below vein 2; the outer part of the spot in cellule 3 remains and the inner portion of it is nebulous, the spot in 4 is indented distally, the spot in 5 is only represented by a streak above vein 5, the spot in 6 is reduced distally, also the spot in 7. The left fore wing shows some traces of the band in the median area, and on the inner margin the spot in 4 is reduced as on the other wing, the spot in 5 is slightly reduced anteriorly, that in 6 is represented by a curved proximal line and a distal dot, the one in 7 reduced toa proximal dot. The right hind wing is normal except for some orange scaling at the lower angle of the yellow band. The left hind wing has the band invaded by streaks of brown ground-colour, and notably a broad stripe filling the lower part of the cell fromthe base to the end; there is some orange scaling at the lower angle of the band. The distal area is damaged, but there is some green scaling in cellules 3-5; the apical spot is much larger than on the other wing. The underside of the right fore wing is normal. The left fore wing is darkened over the inner and median area and lower half of the cell. The right hind wing has the red discal spots larger than usual. The left hind wing is more strongly darkened than above, leaving a yellow streak in the cell, in 7, and in 6, with other minor traces of the band. The red spots are a little larger than on the other wing, especially the apical spot. The abdomen bears some scattered dark-brown spots. This specimen was obtained by Mr.’ A. E. Pratt at the Rentema Falls on the Upper Amazon, North Peru, * For explanation of the Plate see p. 276. is! aye 2 Ts : 2 . . * - me * 7 S rasp = © > se Cap Pare ine) ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA, 275 22, Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jotcry, Hit, beZioss, Le tise, and G., LAnBon,, WH.8. [Received June 20, 1917; Read November 20, 1917.] The specimens described herein are in the collection of Joicey. A Melanie Aberration of CATAGRAMMA CYNosuRA Hew. (Pl: I. fig.:3.) Upperside of fore wing with distal red band much obscured by dark scaling and showing faintly; apical spot absent. ind wing with red basal patch reduced and limited by vein 6. Underside of fore wing with blue subterminal line thickened and forming a series of 6 proximally pointed spots; subapical yellow streak represented by a thin and shorter line. Yellow diseal band narrower and reduced proximally. Hind wing much blackened ; yellow costal patch reduced, yellow band encircling the disc only represented by a short streak before vein 2, discal transverse streak absent, distal series of blue spots nearer the cell and smaller. The specimen bears the locality ‘‘ Peru.” PHILOSAMIA CYNTHIA Drury. Aberration. This remarkable aberration is a 2 specimen bred in Trinidad, B. W. I:, and received from there by Mr. Ernest Swinhoe. The ground-colour of the wings is much darker and in the distal area is nearly black, excepting the grey marginal border. The white bands are very broad. On the fore wing the post- discal band is united as the basal bands at vein 4 and the submedian, the space between these being white; the distal widening of the lower basal band leaves only a small patch of ground-colour on the inner margin; similarly the widening of the upper basal band and the proximal widening of the post- diseal band reduces the discal lunule to a small ovate spot which is obsolete on the left wing. The bands of the hind wing are united anteriorly so that the space between costa and origin of vein 5 is white; the discal lunule is very small on the left wing and minute on the right wing. The distal normally pink scaling on both wings is replaced by grey. Abdomen wholly white; head and tegule white. PAPILIO NEOPHILUS PARIANUS R. & J. Dichromatic Aberration. This is an example of erythrism in a ¢. specimen which hag the patches on the fore wing salmon-pink instead of green; the 276 ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA, anterior spot is translucent, and the scales on the underside in the area of this spot are also pink. The scales have suffered no displacement; those forming the anterior spot are longer and narrower than the more ovate ones of the lower patches, and are -mostly tridentate, like those of the underside, this being normal. Hab. Las Quiguas, Esteban Valley, N. Venezuela, Nov.-March. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II, PuateE I. Fig. 1. Vila eueidiformis. aa f. radiata. . Polugr apha cyaneaG. & 8S. Q. . Catagramma cynosura Hew. Aberration. Idalus flavithorax. Neonerita metapheenica. Areomolis nigripuncta. Automolis ignivena. a5 ochreogaster. =. ochr comarginata, 10. Glaucostola maroniensis. 11. Melese flavescens. 12. Opharus ochracea. 13. Neritos purpureotincta. Die Ses A PLATE IT. Fig. 1. Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. Upperside. 2. a 5, Hi a Underside. ON ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 277 23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2, By H. D. Bapcock, M.A.*. | Received July 7, 1917: Read October 23, 1917. | (Text-figures 1-12.) INDEX. SysTEMATIC. Page Page New names :— Descriptions of species previously described :-— Myrmarachne cornuta ............... 291 aaa a COP UORMIUS. acces 296 | Strigoplus albostriatus K. Sin. ... 280 , CUNEUUA. mucun sede ener: 300 | Amyciea forticeps O. P. Camb. ... 283 is TAMOSA ......0.00..... 803 | Hpidius longipalpis Thor......... sac 280 a albicrurata .......5 306 | Myrmarachne maxillosa C. L. se VACeralis oases SLO ICOCISe ret ec eee enone ase: Fs biseratensis ......... 812 | Agorius gracilipes Thor. ............ 318 Bt gedongensis............ 316 The Spiders here described were collected by Dr. Nelson Annandale and Mr. H. C. Robinson in the Malay States in the years 1901-2, and are now under the charge of the British Museum, South Kensington. The specimens examined were :— THOMISID&. IDET OPUS akaen Gna p ia cease 1 AMIN CURD, aicchiawihi tee ayuicins 1 DEUS ete ctovtarc aunistaar gra es 1 SALTICIDA. Myrmarachne ..........4. DO AG OTUU Sin. 038s werastooe net sat 1 Many of these were accompanied by ants which have been numbered for reference, but which have not been identified. The species of Thomiside and of ) from the side, (c) from in front. In the case of the falces and opisthosoma it has been (a) from above, (6) from the side, (c) from below, though in none of these has it always been thought necessary to describe from all these positions. The upper margin of the groove in the falces is always that furthest from the maxille, even though this in the case of Amyciea and some female Salticids may more correctly be described as ‘“ outer.” Key to Myrmarachne mentioned in this paper. 1. a. Second joint of pedicel much greater than first. Opistho- soma constricted . eases haa cornuta, b. Second joint of ret ae in or more sothen ntehi 1es8 than first .. Wes ee 2 2. a. Opisthosoma not poerricrede shee eet rahe eek ec Seeder 3 _ 6. Opisthosoma aes ee AUR ak ere ee ok seta ce 5 Dre OCC OL SN ONG ston baw Zits soa ticasactdce oBe as (4eeaa hoomaedonc eins, foveie 4 b. Pedicel aioree Maton cep ete aaa pane canton Hesse, CULT LOTICIS: 4. a. Spines on Ist fabs B4o pairs. Sera a ere anata esa MINCE IL LOGO = 6. Spines on Ist tibia 5 pairs .. Pobdsescendota? eee aiass ess csnene | DISCLALENSIS O « 5. a. Ist patella no spines, Ist aie! pairs.. Sis Seeetncesue PALOTCHULALO 2s b. 1st patella 1 spine ........ er ee 6 c. 1st patella 1 pair of spines, ae aw bt to 1) ATES oat ii Sara statis, A VSpimegpAMS 2:20...) avaes.sccbecheasie ise see< slic sascee’ LAMOSA Os ByalststibtaowtOuG pails eat nct arnt Meher eslanesteaease lateralis Q. 7. a. White wedge on side of prosoma . ME eet elmeata: 2. Do NOs Waniber Wiel Omer ean heey dec art hi. etnencsiicheiicceel these” GE@ONGENSISc, ; p, ti, ta increasing in length, but all short ; ‘ta has a single simple claw. Legs.—2.1.4.3, with 2 and 1 practically equal and marked differences between the others. All are cylindrical except coxe, which are rather rectangular on section. Proportions of joints much the same in all, f, ti, m, ta being in decreasing order with m about 4 ti or 2 ta. Femurs of 1, 2, and 4 have a weak short spine above near apex, otherwise there are no spines. Tarsi have two claws, pectinated, with more teeth on one than the other ; teeth close together and extending threughout. Sternum.—Shield-shaped, cut straight and broad in front, and with a short point behind. Nearly as broad aslong. ¢;,1 whole width of sternum, ¢c4,4 close but not in contact. The colour of the prosoma including appendages is a dull orange-yellow. Pepicet.—Moderate, distinctly visible from above, slightly tapering forward, single-jointed, covered at top with a long narrow lorum. Nearly white. OpristHosoma.—Length nearly = 2 width or height. Some- what flask-shaped from above, distinctly widest at %. Light grey or mouse-colour, with two longitudinal sets of white spots, rather irregular in disposition, proceding from front to widest place and spreading outward. These terminate each in a large black spot. Below plain. Lung-sacs very dark and wide apart. LEpi- gastric fold distinct. Epigyne.—Rosette-shaped. Not noticeable. Spinners.—All short; 1st and 3rd pair making a rectangle considerably breader than long; 2nd pair between 3rd, so that 3.2.2.3 is a straight line. All spring from sockets in a common projection, all 2nd joints very small. Ist stout barrel-shaped. 2nd shortest, cylindrical, thinnest. 3rd cylindrical, intermediate. Anus.-—Tubercle rather broad and thin, nearly as high as 3rd spinners. Note.—Description is from a single 9 dropped from a tree in the jungle at Biserat. The following are the measurements :— PROSOMUG Re Hin Siete: 2°0 x 1:5 wide x 1°6 mm. high. Opisthosoma ...... 27 < LSeeee x aled Pe Palpus see. ne. rian ae ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 285 Legs.—1 ...... c+tr 0°6, f 2:2, p+ti 2:2, m+ta 22 =7:2 yA ts 0°6, SRE DMs tls 2-2, al Oe ua dee Dilip tees cc OSG sia Leo, ptr +m+ta2°4 =4°5 ov ney poe OF Om eel IE F 37 =5°4 Ant accompanying, none. Eripius Thorell. 3g. Eprpius tonerpaueis Thor. (Text-fig. 3.) E. longipalpis Thor. St. Rag. Mal. i. 1877, p. 152. runcated or very slightly convex in front, swells out slightly and concavely at sides to thorax, which is much wider and rounded at sides and slightly concave at rear. Caput is cut off above by strong striz, and there is a deep fovea and thoracic striz. Caput has a central longitudinal indentation from fovea to 2nd line of eyes, Colour dirty brown, lighter at indentations and rear of thorax. (b) Clypeus vertical, gradual slope up from Ist eyes to mid- thorax, then more abrupt slope to end. (c) Clypeus nearly = face, very slightly procurved. Caput convex above and at sides, thorax convex at sides and flattened above. Text-figure 3. Epidius longipalpis Thor., 3. a. Prosoma from above. 6. Do. from in front. c¢. Sternum &c. d. Tarsus. e. Palpus. Eyes.— 1st row recurved, 1.1 =1.2, 1 = 42. 2nd row re- curved as viewed from above but ace s0 than “Tat row, slightly procurved as viewed from in front, considerably longer than Ist. 3.3 very slightly >3.4, 4 very slightly > 3. Trapezium 1.3.3.1 longer than broad and nearly twice as broad behind as before. Falces.—Vertical or very slightly sloped forwards, parallel 286 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON sides with very oblique long truncation, groove distinct. Upper margin, one small tooth at angle with one smaller above it, and one or more very small below. Lower margin, one tooth half way to angle and two at angle, one of which is fairly large; these two may, however, be really one with two cusps. maxilla, broader than long, strongly barrel-shape. Palpi.mRemarkably long = about % leg 4. Tr simple, much broader than long, breadth = nearly least width maxilla; f length = prosoma, cylindrical, slightly S curved; p very short, <+ ti; p+ti>f, tip, very short, subelliptic, with blunt point and fovea occupying about half of it. Organs have largish but flat bulb ending in blunt-pointed extension forward. Style springs from centre and points forward over extension of bulb, ending in a sharp black spine-lke point. Legs.—Only Ist and 38rd on one side remain, Ist being much stronger and about twice as long as 2nd. lst. ec length = nearly 2 breadth. tr, a few short dark hairs at ridge, fore section distinctly < aft. f, 2 or 3 spines at top in longitudinal row, a very few smaller at side. p. =} ti, hairless. ti slightly curved, slenderer than f; 3 or 4 spine pairs and a few spines along upper sides. m nearly =,ti, two spine pairs below but stronger and a few at sides. ta = 3 m, hairless, 2 claws with 5 teeth and fasciculus. 3rd. General proportions as Ist, but much shorter and f stronger. Spines on back of f and p, others as Ist. Sternum.—Cordiform, as broad as long, very smooth, front corners rounded, rear point rounded. c.; = full width of sternum. c4y,4= width of c,. PrpiceL.—Short and stout, with a darker narrow lorum above. OpistHosoma.—Very much damaged, but appears to be almond- shaped from above, with two or more pairs of spots in a longi- tudinal series at the fore part above. On a side view very high in front, rising vertically or with a slight overhang from pedicel and falling with a straight slope to spinners. Spinners compact, short. Ist stout at base, tapering, 2- jointed. 2nd slender, longer, cylindrical. 3rd in shape and proportions between Ist and 2nd. Anal tubercle.—Wide and noticeable. =" ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 287 Note.—Description is from a much damaged ¢ specimen from Biserat, Jalor, in company with the Salticid spider M/yrmarachne biseratensis ¢ @ and three ants of species 2 and 17. The following measurements were taken :— WE OSOMUG! Gee vic. es +s 1-7 long x 1:7 mm, wide. Opisthosoma ...... 2°0 or longer, damaged. Palpi::..<.. f 1:8, p very short, p+ti2°0 =abt. 4:0. Legs.—1...... e+tr+f 3°6, p+ti 3°9,m+ta40 =11'5 om ae 55 Oi ay AO ge PLO, ae Org) SALTICIDA. MyRMARACHNE Macleay, 1839. Q. MyrMaracune MAxILLOsA C, L. Koch. (Text-fig. 4.) Toxeus maxillosus C. L. Koch, Die Ar. xii. p. 19, tab. cecelxxvi. fig. 1090. Synemosina procera Thor. Ann. Mus. Genov. x. p. 538 (1877). Toxeus procerus id. ibid. xxv. p. 346 (1887), xxxi. p. 220 (1892). Salticus modestus id. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. p. 235 (1892), Q jun. Toxeus maxillosus id. Spid. Burm. 1895, @. Text-figure 4. Myrmarachne mavillosa C. L. Koch, 2. a. Profile. 6. From below. Prosoma.—Length = patella + tibia of 4th leg, slightly longer than opisthosoma. Greatest breadth and greatest height each nearly 4 length. Caput = or very slightly < thorax. Front wall straight or very slightly recurved and stepped back at eye 2. Side walls straight or very slightly convex. Back wall somewhat pro- curved as it slopes down to the groove, where the cephalothorax 288 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON is narrowed above but not at base. Thorax swells out again behind groove towards width of caput, being strongly rounded, and terminates in a truncated or even slightly hollowed end of about half greatest width of thorax. Clypeus very low, top of caput flat and sloping very slightly upward to eye 4, over which it is convex. Groove is very shallow, hardly reaching as low as bottom of eye 4. Thorax rises very slightly behind it, and then falls with an even but slightly convex slope to rear end, where it rises concavely into a rim which can be traced along sides to caput. Colour dark mahogany, with black eye-frame broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the level of eyes 2 and 4. Scanty short grey hairs all over (Text-fig. 4, a.) Hyes.—1st row straight by summits. 1.1 in contact, 1.2 close but not in contact. 2=41 and slightly behind it. 4= or very slightly > 2.3 < 4 2, very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on the upper tangent to 2 and 4. Hye square slightly broader than long, with eyes 4 projecting prominently at hind corners and 4.4 very slightly > 2.2 and > distance between itself and rim of cephalothorax. Falces.— Very nearly as long as caput. Length > 2 breadth. Project horizontally forward. Sides subparallel, with inner edge straight to about § and then rounded off to base of margins, outer edge very slightly convex. On side view straight at lower edge, upper edge strongly convex making falx very much thicker at + to 4 than elsewhere. Unguis ==4 falx, sickle-shaped with base much thicker than tip and curve with a tendency to being straight in the middle with angle inside near base. Groove is marked. Upper margin has typically 8 teeth, of which the first three are close together at base of unguis, increasing rapidly in size from 1 very small to 3 large, 4-6 are large teeth, 7, 8 rapidly decreasing till 8 is very small. 4-8 evenly spaced. 1 and 2 and 8 are sometimes missing. Lower margin has 8 to 10 or more very small teeth close together and reaching from base of unguis to a little beyond angle, but always terminating before the upper ones. They or at any rate the middle ones are alternately large and small. There is a strongish scopula of long grey hairs on upper margin, largest at angle, and of short dark scanty hairs on lower margin. Colour dark mahogany as cephalothorax. The falces are glabrous and somewhat rough. Maaille.—Length = coxa + troch. of 1st = falx nearly. Outer edges parallel from base to apex of labium, then still remain straight but incline slightly outwards. Outer corner is well rounded and end square, a serrula following the edge from about middle of outer side to end of straight portion. Inner corner very slightly rounded and truncation straight and nearly parallel axis runs back more than half way to labium. Hence slopes slightly outwards and follows labium back to base, being hollowed out to enclose it. . Truncation has a strong scopula of black hairs which | ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 289 is extended towards labium and also outwards to inner angle at termination of serrula, where hairs are grey and as long as width of maxilla. Width at end = lJabium. Colour light mahogany except for outer edge, which is as dark as cephalothorax. Labium.—Iin length % maxilla, terminating half way up it. Breadth 4+ length. Tapers very slightly from base to apex, which is square. Sides straight. Apex has a scopula of dark hairs. Colour as dark as outer portion of maxilla except for apex, which is ight. Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length =width maxilla. Dark brown except for light yellow on inner basal side. Femur > half length of caput, flattened, narrow at both ends where its width > 4 length. Patella < 4 femur, wedge-shaped, broadening at apex from narrow base. Tibia broadens from base to apex, where it is twice width of patella apex. ‘Tarsus slightly longer than patella, with rounded point. Tibia and tarsus together form a lanceolate plate, glabrous below, nearly twice femur in length, with strong fringes of hairs on both sides and round point. All joints except patella have short grey hairs on back. General colour dark brown-green, except as mentioned for trochanter. Total length of palpus where extended = 2 falx, the basal end of tibia being about level with apex of falx. Legs.—Order 4.1.5.2, with 4 and 1 practically equal and likewise 3 and 2. In the lst leg patella + tibia and in the 4th metatarsus + tarsus are notably long compared with the other legs. Ist. Coxa length = 23 breadth, very slightly tapering, light yellow except for brown patch at lower outer vertex. Trochanter = ¢ coxa, narrower, light yellow except for con- tinuation of coxal brown patch strengthened. Femur strongly clubbed at base, < patella + tibia > tibia, dark except below at apical end. Patella > 3 tibia, slightly curved downwards. No spines. Dark at sides, hght above and below. Tibia. Has normally 7 spines on the inner and 6 on the outer side below, but there are frequently 6 pairs. The spines are evenly spaced from base to apex, but the largest are in the middle and they get rapidly shorter, so that the apices of the last 3 or 4 are all about level near the end of the joint. Dark at sides, light above and below. Metatarsus > patella, with two pairs of strong spines longer and stronger than those of tibia, the last of which reach to beyond the middle of tarsus. Dark. Tarsus < 3 metatarsus, with claw-tuft and 2 claws. 2nd.c equally broad and long, swollen near base, < 3c,. Dark. brown with a touch of light at apex. tr short = 3c, cylindrical, brown with light patch below. f slightly clubbed at base, brown with light below at apex. 290 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON p =¢# ti, curved downwards, no spines, Light above and below, dark sides. 3 pairs of feeble spines evenly spaced, with a 4th pair extremely short and feeble at extreme apex often missing. Light above and below, dark sides. m> ti. 2 spine pairs stronger than on ti, but much weaker chan on m,, basal is lar hea apical only just reaches ta. Light oowe fail below, dark at sides. ta< 3m. Light. ards Ca nae larger and move cylindrical than 2nd Cc, buowall tr short, cylindrical, brown. f brown, slightly clubbed at base. p short, curved downward, brown except for light patch above at basal end. ti brown except at tip where light above. m. feel) = = ti, light above and ‘below brown sides. ta > 3m, light. 4th. c > ec, but not more than § ¢,, cylindrical, brown. tr larger and a little slenderer than ¢, cylindrical, light. f long and slightly clubbed at base, pravent Peep ti brown throughout, slender. m very long, nearly = ti, slender, brown except for very small hghter patch at upper apical end. ta = ¢ m, light above and below, dark at sides. In Eee appearance the posterior legs are much darker than the anterior, and the light (almost white) Ist ¢ and tr and 4th tr are very noticeable. Sternum.—Lanceolate, short-pointed between C1. 1, which are ; their width apart. Widest from C1.2 to C2. 3, thence tapering to a long point in front of ¢4,4, salvich are in contact. Sides undulate to accommodate coxe but do not run into points between them. Broad for the genus, being > width of middle cox. Gaps c),2 and c2,3 about equal and not materially greater than ¢3,4. Colour mahogany, lighter than cox 2,3, 4. (Text- fig. 4, 6.) PrpicEL.—Short but visible from above. First joint covered by brown plate overlapping second. Second joint longer and covéred by longitudinal narrow plate. Whole length of pedicel not greater than its w dth. It is received into a short projecting socket in abdomen. | OpisrHosoma.—EHee-shaped from above, widest about 3 back. From side overhangs in front and about same level for first 3. Above, general colour a dark green-brown. Below, general colour the same but coarser, and at “sides distinctly composed of darker lines separated by light spaces. Lung-sacs very wide apart and dark red-brown, space between around epigyne lighter red-brown. A smoother and darker longitudinal band from epigastric fold to spinners, slightly wider at spinners. Kpigastric fold procurved. ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 291 Epigyne.—A pair of white oval spots with a darkish mahogany bridge between expanded at both ends. The whole ou a ground of the same colour. (Text-fig. 4, 6.) Spinners.— 1st stout, subconical, light green-brown. 2nd very thin, white, slightly longer than Ist. 3rd a little stouter and darker than 2nd, much thinner than Ist, slightly longer than Ist. All have 2nd joint very much longer than Ist. Anus on a tubercle of two joints. Suort Descriprion. 2. Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Groove very slight, with thorax not rising appreciably behind. Falces project horizontally forward, nearly as long as caput, giving the appearance of ¢. Teeth, upper 8 strong at centre, subevenly spaced ; lower 8 small, alternate sized, close. Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 and 1, 3 and 2 nearly equal pairs. c, and tr, and tr, are very prominently white. Ti, has 6 spine pairs or more often 6 and 7 spines, m, 2 pairs., p, none, p, none, ti, 3 pairs, occasionally a 4th, m, 2 pairs stronger than on ti,. Sternum rather broad. Gap c2.3 not > others. Pedicel short but visible from above. Opisthosoma squat, much thicker than usual in the genus. Note.—Description based on 13 9 from Biserat, K. Mahek, c. Patani. It was found practically everywhere and is much the commonest. ' 2. The ¢ is possibly JZ. biseratensis. Length varied from 3°5 (imm.) to 7°0 mm., the normal length being 5 to 7. The accompanying ants were numbers | and 2. Legs of a specimen, 2 :— | aes e+ti 1:2, £2°5, p+ti2°9, m+ta 16 ==8°2 7 apa c--f 2°0, p-ta 2:9 =4°9 Barrer c-f 2:0, p-ta 3°2 = D78 es e+til4, £2°7, p+ti2°9, m+ta2°3 =9'3 Legs of another specimen, length 6:0, 9 :— Tee ae c-f 3°6, p+ti3:2, m+tal4 =8-2 Dianne Ree os tne oie p-ta 2°8 =U) teh ate ee See 3 —)".) LS ee » 26, p+ti2-7, m+ta26 =89 MYRMARACHNE CORNUTA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 5.) 2. Prosoma.—(a) Length = opisthosoma. Greatest breadth very slightly >‘greatest height and each nearly 2 length. Caput = thorax. Front wall straight, slightly stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls slightly convex. Rear wall procurved where it slopes back to groove where p.s. is narrowed above but not at base, though white wedge makes it look as if strongly constricted. Thorax swells out again behind groove to width of caput and then narrows with straight or almost concave edges to base, 292, MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON which is cut nearly straight and about 4 greatest width of thorax. (6) Clypeus very low. Caput slightly convex. Groove shallow and broad. Thorax rises behind it to nearly height of caput and then falls with convex and concave slopes to rim, which is slight but can be traced round to caput. Colour mahogany moderate to dark, with black eye-frame broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the line of eyes 2and 4. In dark species this frame is hard to distinguish. Thorax a shade lighter than caput. Between the two on each side a wedge of white hairs broadest below. Text-figure 5. Myrmarachne cornuta, sp. n. a. 6: Profile. 6. ¢: Right falx from below, unguis omitted; ¢. Do. from above. d. $: Right palpus from below. e. 9: Epigyne. Eyes.—1st row procurved by summits. 1.1 subcontact, 1,2>1.1 but very close. 2>41 and slightly behind it. 4=2. 3< 72 and very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on the upper tan- gent to 2.4. Hye square broader than long and 4.4 distinctly > 2.2and much > 4-rim. Hye 4 projects over edge of prosoma but not at all prominently so, and the prosoma is not convex over it in either view. Falces.— Length < 4 caput =14 breadth, nearly vertical with slight forward slope. Outer edge convex, inner more markedly sloping inwards from about ? to root of unguis. On side view strongly convex above with almost an angle at 4 so that basal portion is horizontal and apical nearly vertical; straight or very slightly convex below. Unguis regular curve and regular diminution in thickness from base to apex. Teeth on upper margin 5 or 6, of which 3 above angle evenly spaced and of ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 293 moderate size, others below angle and smaller. Lower teeth 7 or 8, close, about same size from end to end, but alternate ones possibly smaller. Long thickish light scopula largest at angle on outer margin. A few long dark hairs along lower margin. Colour mahogany lighter than cephalothorax. Unguis at base darker, at apex lighter than paturon. Maville.—Length > ¢,, nearly = falx. Narrow at hase, outer side curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to bold rounded corner, truncation shortish and at about 45° with axis of body. Inner side slopes outwards from truncation, being strongly hollowed in front of and at side of labium. Dark serrula from outer corner to angle. Light scopula along truncation. Width at base =+ labium, at end > labium. Colour mahogany, markedly lighter at inner end. Labiuwm.—Length > 3 maxilla. Breadth at base > 3 length. Sides parallel at base, slightly inclined towards each other at apex, which is cut off square and has thin scopula of dark hairs. Colour darker than darkest part of maxilla except at apex where light. Palpi.Spring from close to base of maxilla. Trochanter < width of maxilla. Femur = + caput, flattened, reduced at ends, greatest width = + length. Remainder as I. macillosa, Colour = caput with end joints darkest. Legs.—Impossible to measure lengths. Ist. Proportions as mawillosa except patella =4 tibia. Patella has 1 spine below towards outer side. Tibia 4 spine pairs, subequally spaced and nearly of equal size but with basal slightly the greater. Apex of last spine just reaches end of joint. Metatarsus 2 spine pairs, basal strongest and somewhat stronger than tibial, apex slightly beyond end of joint. Colour very light throughout except small dark splash ° on outer side of trochanter and larger dark splash towards outer basal end of femur and slight darkening on outer side of metatarsus. In a light specimen all these dark markings are absent or merely shades. 2nd. e¢ nearly as broad as long, markedly swollen on inner side about centre. tr = 4c, barrel-shaped. f slightly thicker at base than apex, > ti < p+ti. p = 3 ti, ti 2 spine pairs. m=p, 2 spine pairs. Colour light throughout except strong dark longitudinal marking on outer sides of c and tr. 3rd. Proportions as far as patella = mazillosa. Dark brown c to f, light beyond. Ath. c > ¢,, cylindrical or very slightly wider at base. tr = 3¢, slightly barrel-shaped, both these joints are brown with longitudinal light centre line below. f brown, slightly thicker at base. Remainder missing. 294 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON The white or very light yellow anterior legs are very noticeable, as also the proportions of c, and tr,. Sternum.—Sharply but shortly pointed between c,,1 which are in subcontact, short-pointed at sides between ¢;.2 which are close, curves cut strongly between c2,3 which are wider, narrows again before c, and then proceeds with straight parallel sides to ¢,, in front of which it ends in a moderately long point. ¢4.4 in contact. At widest sternum about =c,. Colour dark mahogany. PrpiceL.—Length > caput. 2nd joint considerably longer than Ist (as. seen from above j, = 2j,). Ist plate broader than 2nd and procurved behind. Pedicel received into very short projecting socket of opisthosoma. OpistTHOosoMA.—Subcylindrical with constriction at +, widest at 3, pointed at spinners. Dark green-brown above, with white marking at constriction starting at top of sides and widening below. In front of epigastric fold and behind the white marking colour is as above. Epigastric fold straight ; lung-sacs wide apart —and dark. Epigyne.—An equilateral triangle with base along epigastric fold and vertex forward. Edges red, inside white, with central darker bridge and darkest spots at its edges. Not very distinct but more characteristic than others of the genus. (‘Text-fig. 5, e.) Spinners. — Proportions as maillosa. All a light brown colour. 3. The chief differences from @ are:— Prosoma.—Cephalothorax = # abdomen. Groove sharper at bottom and thorax does not rise so much behind it, so that it is considerably below caput and general shape not unlike maxillosa. Rim as well as wedge has grey hairs. Falces = cephalothorax. From above inner edge straight at first, apical half concave, outer edge convex. Width = length. End cut off square, with strong concavity and very strong tooth- like projection forward and inward from inner angle, with blunt end. From side falces project straight forwards, with upper and lower edges almost parallel, granulated. Groove not well defined. Upper margin has 6 teeth. Ist smallish close to base of unguis, remainder subequally spaced over basal half of falx, 2-5 being very large, 6 small = 1. Lower margin has 9 teeth, mere dots subequally spaced. Unguis darkest and strongest at base, S curved with slight swelling of tip-curve. Length = paturon. (Text-fig. 5, 6, c.) Macille.—Rather straighter outer edge and stronger serrula. Palpi.—Trochanter = width maxilla. Femur = 4 caput, less flattened than in 2. Patella < trochanter, curved downwards ; from above, sides almost parallel, apex distinctly wider than base. Tibia length = patella, much wider at apex. A very small blunt process on outer apical corner visible from below. Some longish hairs on inner side. Tarsus longer and broader than tibia, oblong, with short hairs on inner side. Fovea reaches to ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 295 about 3. Organs have a black spine springing from near inner apical end, encircling fovea outwards and backwards and termi- nating in a fine point pointing outwards at about middle of apex ‘after completing somewhat more than a circle. (Text-fig. 5, d.) Legs.—4 considerably > 1; 3 missing but up tof = 2. Gene- rally as Q except that in 2 anterior pairs there are strong black lines along sides of joints which are much strongest in femurs. and the white centre lines of c, and tr, occupy the whole of the lower side, and ti, has 3 spine pairs instead of 2. OpistHosoma.— Abdomen longer and narrower. Width = 1 length. White marking at sonstnicuen only at sides. Above and below central brown coriaceous lines running nearly the whole length of the body. SuHortr DEscrRIPrion. Cephalothorax = abdomen in 2 = ?abdomen in 3. Caput= thorax, moderately high, with broad but shallow groove and thorax lower. Strong white-haired wedge at sides of groove, and 3 white hairs along rim. @ falx: upper teeth 5 or 6, subevenly spaced, 3 above angle, moderate, remainder small; lower 8 or 9, close, small. J falx = cephalothorax, subparallel edges, inner concave near apex and terminating in strong bow. Unguis, § curve, slight swelling near point, =paturon. Upper teeth 1 at base of unguis, 5 evenly spaced over basal half, of which 2-5 very strong. ‘Lower 9 dots evenly spaced with dark ridge at base. Sternum narrow, rounded between ¢2,3, short points in front and between ¢}. 2, longer point behind, ¢c;,; about + their width apart. Legs.— First 2 pairs white, black side-lined in ¢. Posterior dark with c¢, and tr, dark helow, > .c,. tt, = = 3¢,. Order 4.1 (2. Bh P, 1 spine ‘below towards outer side, ti, 4 spine pairs, m, 2 spine pairs, ti, 9 2 spine pairs (¢ 3), m, 2 spine pairs. Pedicel: 2nd joint notably longer than Ist. Abdomen cylindrical, narrow, gently constricted at 4, with white oblique lines down side, in 2 extending below. has brown longitudinal centre above and below. Kpigyne an equilateral triangle. 3 palpus: very small process at outer apical angle of tibia. Organs are encircled by a black spine pointing outwards at centre of apex. General colour of prosoma dark mahogany with even darker eye-frame, of opisthosoma dark grey-brown. Mote The description is based on 1 ¢ and 2 9, one of the latter being much lighter in colour. The ¢ and this 2 were both found at Bukit Besar, alt. 2500 ft., on tree-trunk 35 ft. from ground on 6 Sept. 1901; the other 2 at Bukit Besar. Ants accompanying, nos. 12 and 16. 296 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON The following measurements of the ¢ were taken :— Length 8-0 mm.,__p.s. 3:1x2°0x2-0, 0.8. 4:0 x 1:0. ihegs ae e+f 2:2, p+ti2d, m+tal2 = 5-5 7 Aes AU). miele » hth is ened Sa aes missing ers e-etr 15.0 a ls (Pies woe Soke, Oe ee meee No measurements of 2 legs were obtainable; total lengths of the two 2 5:8 and 5:0 mm. MYRMARACHNE TURRIFORMIS, sp.n. (Text-fig. 6.) 2. Prosoma.—(a) Length considerably > p+ ti of 4th = p+ti+m-+ta of 3rd = 24 width = 23 height. Caput < thorax. Front wall of caput straight or very slightly recurved, and stepped back at eye. Side walls straight. Back wall procurved Text-figure 6. Myrmarachne turriformis, sp. i. a. 6: Profile. 6. g: Sternum. ec. ¢: Left palpus from below. d. 9: Epigyne. as it slopes down to groove, which is narrowed above but prac- tically full width at base. Thorax straight behind groove with slightest undulations to # where it narrows with straight edges to end, which is cut nearly straight and 4+ to 3 width of thorax. (6) Front wall straight. Caput slightly convex and distinctly sloping upwards from eye 2 to 4, well rounded and steeply sloping to a broad groove, top of which is generally only about 4 height of caput. Thorax rises slightly behind groove to 4 where it is ANT-LIKE SPID#RS FROM MALAYA, 297 much lower than caput, and then with convex and concave slope to hind rim, which is weak but can be traced well towards caput. Colour mahogany, slightly darkest on caput, which has black eye-frame sub-broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the line of eyes 2-4. Slight indication of grey- haired cephalic wedge. Clypeus very low. Eyes.—\st row straight or very pape recurved by summits. 1.1 subcontact, 1.2 considerably > Poe. 2 land ‘behind, 1b. 2.3 very slightly < 3.4, Eye square much broader than long and 2.2 distinctly > 4.4 > 4-1im. 4 projects over edge of prosoma but not at all prominently, and the prosoma is not convex over it on ES view. Falces —Length < 3 caput = 2 breadth. Hdges parallel, trun- cation somewhat short and square. Groove marked: Unguis hight, with regular curve and oe diminution from base to apex, not very strong, length = paturon. Upper teeth 5 to angle, not quite in contact, with i or 2 dots wider spaced below. Lower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close, largest in centre, but no great difference in size. Maaxille.—Length = c, = falx. Narrow at base, outer edge curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to bold rounded corner. Hnd square, truncation shortish, steep with strong hght scopula, longest at apex. Inner edge slopes outwards from truncation, being strongly hollowed in front of and at side of Jabium. Dark serrula from about middle of outer edge to angle. Colour light. Labiwm.—Length > 3 maxilla, parallel sides, cut off square at end, a little darker than maxilla except at end. A slight dark scopula at truncation. Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length = 4 maxilla. Femur < # caput, flattened, breadth in centre =1 length. Patella narrow at base, broad at end. Tibia == 1h ae at base = width patella, at apex very much wider. Tarsus = 2 tibia. The tibio-tarsus plate a little > femur, with inner ge rather short. Colour = labium, with hairy parts of tibio- tars sus br wre ereen, Legs.—4.1.3.2, abl marked steps between each. Ist. c white, length < 2 breadth, very slightly tapering. tr white, cylindrical, length = breadth < least width of ec, faint. f light yellow, lightest at apex, dark-lined cn outer side, length > 2(e+tr), clubbed at base. p= sti, light, thin oe line each side, 1 spine pair below. tif; coloured as p, D spine pairs evenly spaced and about equal strength. m light, dark-lined on side, 2 spine pairs in basal half, at least as strong as ti spines, last reaching well on to ta. ta = 2 ti, light, m+ta = $(p+ti). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. X XI. wil DW) ivy) 298 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON 2nd.c white, length = $c, > breadth, considerably stouter at base. tr as tr,. f helt: slightly clubbed at base, > 2 (e+ tr). p = ti, light, faint dark side-lines. ti < f, light with dark side-lines, 3 spine pairs evenly spaced nearly as strong as on ti,. m slightly > ta, light, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti. ti light, ti + ta slightly < ti. 3rd. c brown, cylindrical, > c,, length = 2 breadth. tr = 3 ¢, brown, length slightly > breadth, slightly wider at apex than base. f lighter brown, = f,, very slightly clubbed at base. p brown, light at base, < } ti. ti light witn dark lines at sides, p + ti > f. m & ta light, m+ta < p+ti. Ath. ¢ light with dark above and sides, length = 2 breadth, >c,, very slightly wider at base than apex. tr cylindrical, light with dark above and sides, nearly as long as c and much > any other tr. f = 2(c+tr), brown, very slightly wider at base than apex. p light with apex dark above, = 4 ti. ti light brown, p + ti > f. m hghter, nearly as long as ti, light. ta = +m, light. In general appearance the anterior legs are lighter than the posterior. Sternum.—Truncated between c;.; and stoutly and bluntly pointed between ¢),9, spreads out into an advanced point between €2.3, Which are rather widely separated, a long point in front of c4.4, Which are in subcontact. Greatest width > width of Cs, c:,; = nearly width of ¢,. Colour mahogany, darker than any other part of prosoma. (Text-fig. 6, 0.) Prepicet.—Slightly < caput; lst joint brown, slenderer and very much longer than 2nd, hight with dark sides and front, very short, inserted into socket on opisthosoma. OPpIstHosoMA = or very slightly > prosoma. Breadth and height nearly 3 length. Pear-shaped, widest at 4. White belt at about 3, distinctly in front of widest part. Lung-sacs brown, wide apart, lighter brown rest in front of epigastric fold, which is slightly procurved. General colour brownish green. Epigyne.—No distinct formation, but in some specimens a light circle with faint brown bridge ending basally in a dark bifurcate ; general appearance is sometimes something like the ace of clubs. (Text-fig. 6, d.) Spinners.—I|st pair stoutest. Basal joint short, thick, light with dark longitudinal markings; 2nd joint larger, slightly barrel-shaped, thinner. 2nd pair white, thinner. 3rd _ pair darker than 2nd, 2nd joint much longer than Ist. Anus.—Iwo segments, rather prominent. ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 299 3. The chief differences from 9 are :— Prosoma.—Caput very much higher and back wall nearly vertical, so that caput is about three times as high as groove and twice as high as thorax, standing up like a square tower (text- fig. 6, a). Hyes.—4-rim = 4.4 or very nearly. Falces.—Longer than prosoma, after an initial sharp con- striction at top they curve outwards to 2 and then in; end cut square but somewhat pointed forward at inner corner in con- tinuation of straight inner edge. On side view guise edge is convex, widest at. centre, lower straight. Width = + length. Nearly horizontal. Unguis, length slightly < paturon, S curve with branches much flattened but sharp curve at tip, considerably thicker and darker at base than tip. Groove not defined. Upper margin contains 7 teeth, of which the first 2 are close to base of margin, the 4 at least are strong and subevenly spaced, the last a little weaker. Lower margin 6 or 7 teeth, very small, and much further apart at apical than basal end, but teeth a little variable. Palpi.—Tibia only a little larger than patella, with moderately strong pointed black-tipped process on upper outer apex. Tarsus, has fovea large and extending nearly to the end, with a fine spine encircling rather more than once. Legs.—The contrasts of colouring are not nearly so distinct ‘as In 2, OpistHosomMA.— White belt missing. Upper and centre of lower sides coriaceous. SHort DESCRIPLION. Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Caput very high with nearly vertical walls, tower-like in ¢, not so marked in °. Occasionally faint white-hsired cephalic wedge. 2 falx. Upper teeth 5 to angle with 1 or 2 dots beyond; Jower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close. $ falx. Longer than prosoma, width + length, outer edge convexly curved on upper and side aspect. Upper teeth 6 or 7, of which first two comparatively close to root of unguis. Lower 6 dots wider spaced at root of unguis. Unguis slightly < paturon, flat S curve with rather sharp curve at point. Orpalp. Tarsus =, 2 tibia. $ palp. Tibia has moderate, black-pointed, slightly curved process at outer upper apex. Organs surrounded by circle and a bit of thin black spine. Legs 4.1.3.2, with marked difference between each 2; anterior pairs lighter than posterior, bnt not always in 6, dark side-lines in some joints. p, 1 spine pair; ti, 5 spine pairs, evenly spaced, not very strong; a 2 spine pairs; ti, 3 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti,; m, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti,. Pedicel nearly as long as caput, 2nd joint very short as compared with Ist. Pil 300 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON Opisthosoma. Fusiform, not constricted. White belt at about. 2 in 93 missingsim, oC . General colour of prosoma lightish mahogany with black eye- frame, of opisthosoma dark greeny brown. Note. —The description is based on 12 2 and 8 Q, all from Bukit Besar and Talum. Nos. 93 2 and 94, 95 ¢ were all in same tube, and this fact as well as the general resemblance is. evidence of identity of species. The followi ing measurements were taken :— 250mm. ps. 2°3x1:2X1-2, 0.8. 24% 14% 1-2, iesss le e+, et+tr+f 17, p+til5, m-+tal:l ee hs De eace iy leOe pt+titm+ta 2°5 =oo Oise obe 1-4, p+til-0, m-+ta missing Ai ios e+tr 0: Os fal 8, oi alee or allel ='5-7 Gg OFZ mms p.s. 2°4 x 1:4 x 2:0} 2°4., Legs. 1... e+tr+f2:2, p+ti 2°4, meta 18 25 ie ': 136; ee ale8, 5 heeled San 2k, 5, 188, 5 mellem 2 eS e+tr Tl, f 2-0, ees oe yy bee The lengths of the specimens varied from 5:2 to 3°7 mm., the 3 being on the average slightly longer than @. Ants ‘accompanying, nos. 4, 14, 15, 1% Q. MYRMARACHNE CUNEATA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 7.) Prosoma. — (a) Length = p,+tr,+m,+ta, nearly, slightly > opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Front wall slightly projecting in centre and stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very slightly approaching backwards. Back wall strongly projecting at centre into bridge. Bridge narrowed at top, only very slightly at base, though it. is liable 1 to appear so owing to white wedge. Thorax edges « curve very slightly outwards to 4, then inward to rear, which is cut off convexly straight. (b) Front wall vertical, top of caput straight and level, groove shallow and broad, bottom not below eye 4. Thorax rises behind to above half way up eye 4 at 4and then slopes convexly back- ~ wards to rim, the final concavity before rim being negligible. Rim rather marked and traceable round to caput. Colour medium mahogany, lightest at sides and much darkest. at top of caput. Eye-frame black, rather broader than usual and very distinctly broken between eyes 3 and 4, A very strong white wedge on either side of bridge, smooth and not due to hairs. Eyes.—\st vow straight by summits, 1.1 and 1.2 subcontact, 2 slightly behind 1. 2=431. Eye square slightly broader than long and sides‘slightly approaching backwards. 2.3 very slightly < 3.4,.4= or very slightly > 2. 4 projects but not markedly so, and 4-rim very much < 4.4. Faices.—Project nearly horizontally forward by lower edge, ‘ ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 301 visible from above, length > 3 caput, upper edge strongly convex being subangular at 3, length = 2 breadth. From above edges subparallel, outer being slightly convex. Upper teeth 6, 1 basal close to root of unguis, small and liable to be missed; 2.3.4.5 largest with increasing spaces, 6 beyond angle very small. Lower teeth 6, strong, close, from base of unguis to level with 5 of upper. Thickish light upper scopula longest at angle; thin dark lower. Unguis rather strong. Colour hghter than cephalo- thorax, glabrous. . Text-figure 7. Myrmarachne cuneata, sp.n., 2. a. Profile. 6. Epigyne. Maxille.—Length =c,+tr, =falx nearly. Outer edges parallel to end of labium, then inclined straight outwards to rounded outer corner. Serrula at end only, which is slightly rouffded. ‘Truncation long, very oblique, with very strong black scopula. Below scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at side of labium. Colour light. Labtum.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, slightly con- stricted at middle; strong dark scopula. Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr = width maxilla; f = 4 caput, parallel sides, rounded ends, flattened, length < 3 breadth; p = 4 f, broadening to apex from narrow base. Ti < 2p, broadens from base to apex, which is 2 width p apex. Ta very slightly > ti, rounded end; the two together making a plate =2f, hairy on both edges. Total length of palpus when extended =2 falx. Legs.—Order 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked. Ist. c white, length = 24 width, parallel or very slightly tapering. ; tr white, with sometimes dark patch on outer side ; breadth — length = 7¢, 302 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON f le, strong black side-lines, clubbed at base, = ti. p= L ti, white with dark side- lines, 1 spine pair. ti white with dark side-lines, 7 spine pairs, or 7 and 6, last 3 or 4 pairs all terminating about level at end of joint. m light, > p, 2 spine pairs, of which last reaches to middle of ta. ta light = 3m. 2nd. ¢ brown, strongly swollen at centre, length = breadth. tr broader than long, brown except for patch of white on fore side. Other joints, proportions, and colours as Ist, but are slightly greater in proportion, and ta only slightly < m. ti has 3 spine pairs, -m 2 pairs. ord. c a little > c,, brown. tr short, cylindrical, brown. f > ti < p+ti, brown, very slightly clubbed at base. p = 7 ti, curved downward, light except above apical end. ti brown, slender, slightly lighter at end. m nearly = ti, light, darker shading at basal sides. ta = 4m, light. 4th. ec < c, brown except for light below. tr much longest, white with dark basal side-markings, cylindrical, > c. : f brown, slightly clubbed. p white except for brown above at base and apex, =j ti. ti brown, lightest at apex. m brown, nearly = ti. ta white, < 3m. The light ¢, and tr, and tr, are very noticeable, as also the dark side-lines on the light anterior legs. eee .—Blunt-pointed behind ¢;.;, which are about } their width apart, and between c2.3. Wider and pointed close behind c,, attempt at a point at c,, and then tapers to long point in fr ont of c4,4, which are in contact. At widest point =c,. Colour dark mahogany. PrepiceLt.—Short = 4 caput, rather stout. Joints about equal, first very slightly longer. OpistHosoma.—Middle thickest, constricted at +. Brownish green with white transverse band at constriction, somewhat lighter below, with longitudinal central portion bordered by faint white lines from epigyne to spinners. Lung-sacs dark, wide apart. Epigastric fold procurved. - Kpigyne.—A lighter semicircle in front of epigastric fold, in the centre of which is a dark marking somewhat houtrglass-shape (text-fig. 7, 6). Spinners. —1lst brown, thickness slightly eveater at base than apex. 2nd longer, thinnest, lighter, cylindrical. 3rd as light as 2nd, slightly thicker, subeylindrical. ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 303 SHort DESCRIPTION. Prosoma very slight, longer than opisthosoma. Cephalic groove broad and shallow, caput not very much higher than thorax. ti. Legs 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked. Ist has white c and tr, and 4th white tr larger than c. The anterior legs are light with strong dark side-lines f to ti. p, has 1 spine pair, ti, 7 pairs or 6.7, m, 2 pairs. Ti, has 3 spine pairs, m, 2. Pedicel shortish, with j, very slightly > j.,. Opisthosoma has thin white belt at 7 and is widest at % back. Notes.—Description based on 4 @ found at Bukit Besar 3500 ft., Talum 4000 ft., and Gedong. One of the specimens only (from Bukit Besar) is accompanied by its mimicked ant of species no. 2. The type-specimen is rather lighter than any of the others. Differences from specimen to specimen are very slight. In one tr, has a distinct dark exterior marking not visible in the others. The sternum point is rather unusually far from the base of the labium. The cephalic wedge is always very noticeable and serves as a recognition mark, This species is in many ways very like Wyrmarachne macillosa, bunt it may be distinguished without difficulty by general shape of prosoma and opisthosoma, which are less squat, teeth of lower margin, white cephalic wedge, larger pedicel, and shape of sternum, which is pointed instead of undulated between coxze and constriction of opisthosoma. Total lengths 7:3, 7°6, 7:3, 6-2 mm. Legs of specimen 6°2 mm. long :— tise e+tr 1:0, £1:9, p+ti2°3, m+tal-l] =6:3 Ditch e+tr+f 1:8, Repel ee me Oa ail Basen: e ra eae ye ek pO 1 eee e+tr 11, f 2-1, Os Ty eo) ely ae Ants accompanying, no. 2. 3S. MyrMARACHNE RAMOSA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 8.) Prosoma.—(a@) Length = p,+ti,+m,-+ta, nearly, slightly > opisthosoma. Caput=thorax. Front wall recurved, not stepped back to eye 2. Sides straight or very slightly convex, parallel. Back wall straight with well rounded corners. Thorax joined across groove by distinct paralled-sided bridge which appears from above as a sharp constriction, though groove at base is nearly as wide as caput. Thorax swells out at sides to about 3, and then narrows with slightly convex and concave slopes to end which is cut square. (6) Front wall of caput nearly vertical but with very slight for- ward batter, top straight sloping very slightly up to eye 4, over 304 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON which it is rounded. Back wall slopes straight down to narrow groove, height = 4 caput. Thorax slopes slightly up to z and then convexly and concavely to end where is rim, which can be traced round to caput. Colour mahogany, darkest on caput. Black eye-frame widely broken between 3 and 4. Faint light-haired wedges at sides of groove. f Hyes.—I|st row slightly procurved by summits. 2=21. 1.1 an appreciable gap, 1.2 slightly wider. Eye square markedly. wider than long and very slightly. wider at 4.4 than 2.2. 2.3 distinctly <3.4, 3 below upper tangent to 2.4, 4>2 and lighter in colour, projects over edges. 4-rim < 4.4. Text-figure 8. S > SS! ce SS — Die Myrmarachne ramosa, sp. n., 3. a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. c. Right palpus from below. Falces.—-Longer than caput < prosoma. Length = 3 width. Inner edge straight with black ridge, outer convex with black . ridge. End hollowed, with onter angle sharp, inner chamfered. On side view much deepest just beyond base, decreases consider- ably to apex, upper edge being straight and lower slightly hollow, Unguis long and tip reaching beyond end of maxille, flat S curve, with short branch or knob at 3. Groove non-existent and upper and lower teeth liable to be mixed up. Upper teeth 9, of which that nearest to unguis is strongest, the next 5 are spread over the paturon with gap in centre largest, last teeth closer, smaller, and overlapping maxille. Lower teeth about 10, small, spread over ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 305 length of paturon but closer at apical end. The two rows of teeth are notably crooked (text-fig. 8, 6). Maxille.—Length =c,+tr,. Outer edges parallel to end of labium, then inclined outwards to well rounded corner and slightly convex with truncation 45°; strong dark scopula. Below scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at sides of labium. Serrula. Colour light mahogany. Labium.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, broadly and very slightly constricted near apex, end slightly hollowed, dark scopula. Dark mahogany, light at apex. Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla. f = 4 caput, parallel sides, somewhat reduced at ends and slightly flattened. p < tr < $f, broadening to apex from narrow base. Ti only a little > p above, = nearly 2p below, slightly broadened from base to apex; short, small, blunt, light straight process at outer lower apex, largish hairs on inner edge. Ta a little > ti, blunt, suboblong. Fovea occupies little more than basal half. Organs have a fine black spine springing from outer basal rim of fovea passing backwards and inwards with double spiral, and finally pointing forward rather on inner apical rim (text-fig. 8, c). Legs.—4.1.3.2, with difference between 3 and 2 only slight. Ist. ¢ length > 2 breadth, rather markedly tapering, brown. tr narrower, slightly tapering, < 3c, brown. f clubbed at base, = ti, brown, darkest above. p = 3 ti, slight, curved, light, shaded at sides. ti 4 spine pairs, with sometimes a fifth very small, light, dark at sides. m= 13 p, 2 spine pairs near base and apex, basal much largest. ta < 3m, dark. 2nd.c¢ much shorter, NON at base, lighter. tr cylindrical, < 4c, light with shaded sides. fi OnLy 2 little thicker at base than apex, lighter, but side-lines darker especially fore. -p=nearly 3 ti, strong especially at apex, slightly curved, light. ti light, 3 spine pairs. ls Ps 2 spine pairs, Rep: ta < $m, light. SLGeAC Or ' as 2nd, but dark all over. pp, ti, m, ta slightly lighter than these. p = 3 ti nearly, m = ti, ta < 4m. 4th. c =c,, cylindrical, very slight tapering. tr = c, cylindrical, both ¢ and tr lighter than 3rd and dark at sides. f brown, nearly = p + ti. p > ¢ ti, light, with dark apex above and at sides. ti, bro a ti nearly, slenderer, and back lighter at apex. a < im, ‘light. 306 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON On the whole the legs strike one as dark, none of the coxe or trochanters being really hght. Sternum.——Blunt-pointed between c;.1, which are about 4 width apart, blunt-pointed between c,.2, which are not in contact, swells out with straight edges between c2,3, which are wide, and tapers to moderately long point in front of 4.4, which are in contact. Widest =c,. Dark mahogany as coxe. PEDICEL nearly equals caput. j, brown, longer than j,, below =2j,. j, light with black fore end. OPISTHOSOMA = prosoma. Thin and round with broad con- striction at ¢. Brown above and below in front of epigastric fold, which is slightly recurved. General colour very dark. Spinners.— 1st light, stoutish, barrel-shaped. 2nd lige slenderer, cylindrical. 3rd longest, darker, slender, oy nieneal Anal tubercle. —Prominent, 2-jointed. SHort DESCRIPTION. Prosoma = or slightly < opisthosoma. Cephalic groove rather narrow, with thorax about half height of caput and wedge of white hairs not very strong. 3 falx longer than caput < prosoma, flattened above. Unguis as long as paturon, flat S curved, with very short knob-like branch. Upper teeth 9, lower 10, but lines liable to be confused. 3 palp = or nearly = falx. Tibia has short blunt process at outer lower apex. Organs have a spine twisted spirally twice and terminating pone straight forward at inner apex. Legs 4.1.3.2 with difference 3.2 slight, no very marked colour contrasts. Tr, 4 spine pairs, m, 2 pairs, ti, 3 pairs, m, 2 pairs. Pedicel nearly = caput, with lst joint markedly greater than 2nd, especially below. Opisthosoma widely constricted at 4, with longitudinal brown coriaceous marks above and below and in front of epigastric fold. Note.—Description is based on 4 ¢ from Bukit Besar and Biserat, two of the specimens from the latter associated with ' ants nos. 9 and 16 respectively. There is not much difference between specimens except some variation in intensity of leg colouring. Measurements :— Total lengths 5:0, 5:2, 5:4, 5°8 mm. ex falces. Legs of specimen 5:2 mm. long :— LS acess e+tr0°8, £1:°2, p+til9, m+tal-2 =51 ee yO 1Os aise Bes Bais ces » 10 Sao Sees you 2a bee tae a iw lice, oo Aes Bede le al AY ne ee). a ES a9, 215 Q. MyRMARACHNE ALBICRURATA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.) Prosoma.— Length = opisthosoma = p,+tr,+m,; Greatest breadth distinctly > greatest height. Gaput = or slightly < ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 307 thorax. Front very slightly recurved, slightly steppedgback to eyes 2. Side walls very slightly convex and tapering outwards towards eyes 4, Back wall strongly procurved at groove, which is strongly constricted above and much less so below. Thorax curved rather strongly outwards from groove to slightly in front of centre and then inwards to rear, which is cut nearly square. Rim dark. Caput somewhat convex and higher behind than before. Slopes at moderate angle behind, with groove low and < half height of caput and broad. Thorax rises to about 3 and then falls convexo- concavely to turned-up but not abrupt rim, which is dark and traceable round to caput. 2. 4.4 distinctly > 4-rim. Faices.—Length = § caput, nearly parallel with inner edge, very slightly convex, length = 24 breadth. Side view strongly convex or rather angular at nearly 4, base almost horizontal. Groove marked, both outer and inner scopule lighter and thinner than usual. Upper teeth 8 or 9, slightly irregular in size and spacing; lower 8 or 9 closer, especially away from root of unguis. 308 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON Maxille = cornuta, very light in colour; scopula dark, strong. Labium = cornuta, very slightly darker than maxille; scopula light, strong. Palpi.cSpring from near base of maxilla. Length of tro- chanter = narrowest width maxilla. Femur < 3 caput, flattened . with rounded ends, of which basal is slenderer. Patella about = trochanter. Tibia slightly < tarsus. Usual shape, but tarsus slightly more pointed and hairs even on inner edge rather scanty. Joints to femur white, patella to end much lighter than usual. Legs.—4.1.3.2 with 3 nearly = 1. Ist. c cylindrical, length = 2 breadth, white. tr length < width c, narrower, white with sight brown longitudinal marks on inner side. f nearly = caput, shghtly widened at base but not clubbed, white with dark longitudinal side-marking near basal half of ous side. p = 3 ti, light with dark side-lines, no spines. ti te 4 spine pairs moderate, evenly spaced and subequal, but 3rd rather the strongest, white with dark side-lines. m = p, 2 spine pairs of which first is as strong or stronger than 3rd of ti, white. ta very sightly < m, white. 2nd.c length =} c, = breadth, gibbous, white. tr length = 3c = breadth, white. f < f,, white. p > ti, white. ti 2 spine pairs, p+ti = or < f, very slight dark side-line, white. ; m 2 spine pairs, white. ta very slightly < m, white, m+ta = pt ti. 3rd. ¢ shehtly > ¢,, brown, less gibbous. tr > s¢, oe davies at sides. {> f , slightly broader near base, brown. bo ‘ti, light with brown above distally. ti light with dark sides most marked at base, p+ti slightly Sk m slightly > ti, white. ta < m, m+ta distinctly > p+ti. Ath. c distinctly > c¢,, with same proportions, light with dark sides. tr nearly = c, slenderer, white with dark markings at side, of which fore much the stronger. f long, sightly clubbed, brown. eae ti, white, brown above distally. ti brown except for slight white continuation of p below. p+ti distinctly > f. m long, light except for slight darkening at basal sides in continuation of ti. ta = 3m and very slightly darker. AN'tT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 309 Sternum.—Short-pointed between c;,1;, which are < 7 width apart, and between cj .2, extends to sides between c2_3, which are very wide apart, contracted between c3,4, and the point, which is not well marked, is met between cy,4, which are not quite in contact, by a very fine-pointed projection from the fore Jorum of the pedicel. Greatest width =c,. Brown. PEDICEL = 4 caput. j, >jJ,, very much so below; above the fore lorum is slightly broader and longer than the second, below “much stronger and broader and extended forward into a very long fine point. OpistHosoMA.—Subcylindrical, length = 3 or 4 breadth, broadly but not deeply constricted at 3. Dark green, with faint white oblique markings at constriction and suggestion of white mark- ings below. Lung-sacs brown and wide apart. Epigastric fold recurved, very clear cut. Epigyne.—Immature. Spinners.—1st much thickest, barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd about same length, very thin, white. 3rd about same length, very shghtly thicker than 2nd, darkest. Anal tubercle.—Moderate. SHORT DESCRIPTION. Prosoma = opisthosoma, Groove rather deep but broad, and thorax not rising much behind it. Constriction appears rather sharp from above, cephalic wedges slight and with a very few white hairs, Ta of palp a little > ti. Legs 4.1.3.2 with 1 and 3 nearly equal. The anterior legs are almost white as are the coxe of 4. tr, as long as c, but thinner, white with dark sides. c¢, greatest coxa. p, no spine, ti, 4 spine pairs, ti, 2 pairs. The backward point of sternum met by a very long and narrow point reaching forward from under side of pedicel. Legs 1 about 7 their width apart; legs 4 not quite in contact. Pedicel = { caput. j,> ],- Opisthosoma subcylindrical, broad but shallow constriction at 3, with faint oblique white markings sometimes evanescent. WVote.—Description based on 3 immature 9 from Ban Sai Kau, Nandock, and K. Mahek, Jalor, only one of which was in good condition. Measurements 5:7, 5-6, and 4°5 mm. Legs of specimen 4°5 mm. long :— Tere, e+tr+fl-l, p+til4, m-+talO =3°5 ES lia +3 TOF es 4 es: 2 eee A a 1 i pra clclle 4) Pd .=3:3 Ae e+tr 1:0, f£0°9, a alanis a Or © S01 No ants accompanying. : It is quite possible that, this species and the following one may 310 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON be identical; the grounds on which I keep them apart provision- ally are (1) Shape of sternum (text-fig. 9, a, b).—-In MW. lateralis legs 2 are as close to one another as legs 1; in IM. albicrurata they are normal. (2) Spine pairs.—alhicrurata, p, no spines, ti, 4 prs., ti, 2 prs. lateralis, p, 1 spine, ti, 5 prs., ti, 3 prs. (3) albicrurata light in colour, lateralis dark. Of two specimens, however, which were much damaged and cannot be certainly identified, I found in the first (collector’s number 4) agreement with albicrurata in (1) and (3) and with lateralis in (2); while the other (collector's number 92 A) agrees with albicrurata in (1) and (2) and with lateralis in (3). 2. MyRMARACHNE LATERALIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.) Prosoma.—Length < opisthosoma = ti,+m,. Caput = thorax. Caput hardly stepped back at eyes 2, well rounded at rear corners. Bridge rather broad at top and only very slightly constricted below. Thorax spreads out behind to widest at 3, well rounded. Groove shallow but broad, with rim thin. ‘Thorax considerably lower than caput. Colour dark, almost black on caput, strong wedge of white hairs. Hyes.—1st row procurved, intervals slight but perceptible. 1=3 times 2. 2.3=3.4, 3 very small and rather above inner tangent to 2.4. 4=2,. 4.4> 4-rim. Eyes 2 and 4 rather pr ominent. Falces.—Length = 3 caput, nearly horizontal, sides subparallel, slightly convex outside at distal end. On side view straight below, strongly convex above, with angle at 3 to 4. Teeth 7 or "8, largest at centre, falling in size both ways. Lower 8 or 9 close, largest at centre, smaller than upper. Moderate greyish outer scopula. Inner a few dark hairs. Mawxille, labiuwm = cornuta. Palpi.Spring from base of maxilla. Tr = width of maxilla at narrowest; femur flattened, < 3 caput, reduced and rounded at ends, greatest width = 3 length. p very slightly larger than tr, expands distally. Ti and ta form flat plate, hairy especially on inner edge. Ta > f > ti, but differences not great. Legs.-—4.1.3.2. Ist. ¢ claviform, length < 2 breadth, brawn. tr < width of ¢, light with strong dark side-markings. f long, claviform, light with dark side-marks very broad at tee DiSes 1 ti, ight with dark side-marks, | spine below at 2 biel; light with dark side-marks ; spines 5 pairs, or 5 fore and 6 ae. the 3rd considerably strongest. in much < ti and darker, 2 spine pairs of which 1st is very strong. ta = 2m, dark at base, light at tip. ip) 4 ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. By al 2nd.c white, < ¢,, gibbous. tr white, <4. f white. Other joints marked as Ist but much lighter. = iti, ti 3 pairs of spines, m> 4 ti 2 prs., ta > 3 ti. 3rd. c & tr considerably stronger than in 2nd, dark brown. f slightly clubbed, dark brown. p brown but very slightly lighter, = } ti, a long hair above at distal end. ti dark brown, stout, < f. m slightly > ti and slenderer, dark at base, lighter toward apex. ta heht,. > = m. Ath. ¢ largest, light centre strip below, otherwise dark. tr light with dark sides, at any rate apically, cylindrical, =c. f long and dark, very slightly clubbed at base. p light except for apex above, = j ti. tiecdank. < 4. m dark, slightly < ti and thinner. a = +1, lighter. Sternwm.—Short-pointed between 1.1, which are very close, and between 2.2, very strongly contracted between 2.2, which are very close, swells out with boss between 2.3, which are well separated. ‘Tapers between 3.3 to a point in front of 4.4, which ave as far apart as 1.1. Greatest width =c,. Dark brown. PEDICEL = caput. j, much > j.. ‘ OpistHosomA.—Fusiform, slightly constricted at 3, widest a little behind middle. Dark greenish, with thin oblique white markings at sides of constriction extending well back below. Epigastric fold straight to procurved ; lung-sacs wide and region between them hairy. Epigyne.—A dark horseshoe enclosing a central fork. (Text- tig. 9). ¢:) . Spinners.—I|st barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd lighter, longer, thinner. 3rd cylindrical, < 2nd, darkest. Anal tubercle.—Two-jointed, not very marked. SHorRtT DESCRIPTION. Prosoma well rounded, with broad shallow groove and caput considerably higher than thorax. Cephalic wedge of strong white hairs but not very broad. Falces nearly horizontal, with teeth upper 7 to 8 and lower 8 or 9, the latter close and much smaller than the upper. Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 much the longest. p, has a single spine, ti, 5 pairs on 5 and 6, m, 2 prs., ti, 3 prs., m, 2 prs. 2nd legs white, lst white except coxe, Sternum well rounded, both e2.3, ¢1.1 very close, more so than Ci 4, €2.8 wide. Pedicel = caput. j, much > j,. BHO: MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON Opisthosoma = prosoma, fusiform, constricted at 7 and with oblique narrow white stripes commencing at sides of constriction. Note.— Description based on 2 2 from Bukit Besar and Sungkei. Lengths 6°2, 6°3 mm. The following measurements are from the specimen 6-2 mm. in total length :— lepers e+ti0°9, £1:2, p+til'8, m+tall =50 rey oi 0: eS Bee) oa ae jd a Rees ee ee poe eee |). le 5 iA A ae oy elo Lgataee ella or Pre eh 350 | 20} eel No ants accompanying. 3. MyRMARACHNE BISERATENSIS, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 10.) Prosoma.—(a@) Length slightly > opisthosoma = p, + ti, +m,+ta,. Greatest height and greatest breadth each = 4 cach: Caput = ‘thorax. Fr ont wall very slightly recurved and stepped back at eye 2. Side walls strongly convex. Groove narrow and slightly recurved. Thorax well rounded at sides and terminated with almost square end of % full width. Rim strong. (6) Top of caput flat. Chinon narrow and-shallow. Thorax rises slightly behind it and then falls with strongly convex slope to end with strong concave rim. Text-figure 10. Myrmarachne biseratensis, sp.n., 3. a. Profile. 06. Palpus. c. Sternum &c. Dark, especially on caput, but eye-frame traceable, black. Eyes.—\st row straight by summits, 1.1 very close, 1 . 2 close. | 2— 31, 3 slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on upper tangent, 4 hehe > 2. Hye square broader than eee 4.4 very slightly > 2.2 and about = 4rim. ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. ole Falces = cephalothorax, length = 5 breadth, straight inner edge, outer slightly convex, broadest at %. End concavely trun- cated and facing slightly outwards so as to make inner end rather pointed but not projecting. Upper edge at first flat, then rises with strong convexity so as: to make it much higher at §. Lower edge at first flat, then a convex step downward and flat to end. Lighter colour and stippled. Unguis not as long as falx, reaching only to end of flat, doubly curved and with distinct prominence (not, however, to be called a branch) at 4. Groove rather distinct, but not deep. Upper teeth 4, 1 at base of unguis strong but very close and liable to be missed, perhaps rather a process at end of falx; the other 3 equally spaced along 2nd basal quarter. Lower teeth 15, evenly spaced, stronger than usual and, at any rate, some of them alternate in size. Masxille.—Shape as maxillosa. Scopula very strong, but grey. Outer portion dark, inner equally wide, light. Labium.— Proportions and colouring as masillosa.. Slightly constricted in middle, parallel sides, and apex concave with dark scopula. Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla, dark sides, light. below; f = 2 tr, dark, with grey hairs slightly curved ; p < tr, parallel sides. Ti nearly = f, short process at fore, outer, lower corner, widens apically. Ta a little > ti, oblong. Both ti and ta are hairy, with a strong fringe on inner edge. Tita below. Fovea occupies a little more than basal half of ta, and is surrounded by a dark hairy edge. A spine springs from basal inner edge, coils up inner side round 12 times and terminates in a fine point facing forwards. Style long and looped backwards from bulb in front. | Legs.— 4.1.3.2, with differences more or less equal. Ist. c ovate, lighter than falces. tr < width e¢, lighter with dark at sides. f clubbed, dark, long. p curved = 4 ti, no spines, dark. ti dark, spines difficult, but apparently there have been 5 pairs all weak, of which first two are basal and medial and last three fairly close at apical end. m = # ti, dark, 2 spine pairs much stronger than ti. ta = 3m, dark, 2nd.c¢ a little longer than broad. tr short, dark sides. f dark, more clubbed than f,. p = 3 ti, curved, dark at apex above and sides, no spines. ti dark at sides, 2 spine pairs. m nearly = 3 ti, light except for dark marks on sides at base, 2 spine pairs. vas zm, hight. The tibial spines of 2nd are very strong compared with those of Ist. | Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No, XXII. 22 aod 314 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON 3rd. ¢, tr, f, dark and all a little longer and stronger than 2nd. p == ulboth dark, m nearly = ti, light. ta = 3m, light. Ath. ¢ < c,, stout, length = 14 greatest breadth, dark. tr > c, much longest tr, light with dark sides. f long, clubbed, dark. p= 1 ti, dark. tr dark, cylindrical. m = ti nearly. ta = +m, light. Sternum.—Truncated between c,.1, which are about 4+ width apart, swells out between other c, especially between c2,3, which are only a little wider than the others, tapers with undulating sides to a sharp but rather short point in front of c4.4, which are in sub-contact. | PepiceL.—Short but distinctly visible from above. j, as seen from above distinctly longer than j,. 1st upper lorum decreases backwards, where it is procurved, much broader than 2nd. Whole length of pedicel < 2 greatest width. Itis received into a short socket projecting from opisthosoma. OpistHosomA.—Egeg-shaped, widest about §.° Above general colour dark greenish brown, below somewhat light, the front of epigastric fold yellowish, corneous, behind a longitudinal lighter band to spinners, widest at fore end, whence it reduces suddenly and then parallel. Spinners. — 1st stout, subconical. 2nd longest, lightest, thinnest, cylindrical. 3rd very slightly stouter, shorter, and darker than 2nd. All spring from projections of abdomen and are 2-jointed, with 2nd joint very short. Anus on a strong tubercle. SHORT DESCRIPTION. Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma. Caput = thorax, Groove narrow and shallow. Thorax well rounded behind and only slightly lower than caput. Sides ef caput convex. Falces = cephalothorax, subparallel, on side view much thicker towards apex. Unguis slightly < paturon and with distinct prominence. Teeth, upper 4 all in basal half and are close to base of unguis ; lower 15 partly alternate in size. Palpi.—Tibia = tarsus. Fovea only occupies basal half of tarsus, a spine springing from basal inner edge coils 13 round and terminates pointing forward. Legs 4.1.3.2, with moderately equal intervals. Spines of ti, noticeably weak but probably 5 pairs, m, 2 pairs, tr, 2 pairs, very strong for 2nd leg, m, 2 pairs. tr, and tr, are distinctly lighter than other joints. Sternum rather broad. 2nd and 3rd coxe only a very little further apart than the others. aud ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 315 Pedicel shortish. Opisthosoma, as whole spider, rather squat. Note.—The description is based on a single ¢ from Biserat, length 6°2 mm. Its general shape reminds one of M. mazil- losa 9. | The following are measurements of the legs :— ila pttr 13, £1°9, p+ti3°0, m+tal‘9 =81 Riaaee MPC TeOn Gee yee 1) oe eis! 22557 Be, Pie iG 8) 9:0. 6-7 At ers ok OG, , 26 =89 This spider was found in company with ants nos. 2 and 17. It is very probably a do of MM. maxillosa, which it strongly resembles in general shape and colouring, all its features being those of maxillosa exaggerated even to the falces. The only distinct difference is in the spine pairs. It is the only ¢ in the . ~ collection the least like the 9 mawillosa, which is so common, and I should not have hesitated to claim it as the ¢ did it not differ so strongly as regards teeth and tibial spines from Thorell’s 3g M. (Toxeus) maxillosa. It was found in company with 3 Enpidius longipalpis described above. 3. MyYRMARACHNE GEDONGENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 11.) Prosoma.—Length a little > opisthosoma = p,+t, Caput > thorax. Front wall slightly projecting in centre and stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very slightly approaching backward. Back wall nearly straight. Groove not marked from above, but walls of thorax going on nearly straight with slight convex and then concave slope to rear, which is cut nearly square © and about 4 greatest width and strongly rimmed. On side view caput flat but convex near eye 4, back slope steep, groove about = caput, the broad thorax rises convexly to 3 and then falls gradually convexly and concavely to rim, which is shallow. Kyes.—1st row straight by summits, 1.1 in contact; 2 subcon- tact with 1 and a little stepped back, = 31. Eye square broader than long, parallel. 3 slightly nearer 2than 4. 4>2. 4.4= 4-rim. Falces.— Length = cephalothorax, breadth = 7 length. From above inner edge straight, outer convex, being widest at %, end cut square. From side shghtly concave above, below a double flat step to 3, then straight to end. Lighter colour and granu- lated. Unguis > 2 paturon, bisinuate, with basal curve nearly flat, simple. Teeth, upper 6 or 7, of which Ist is very strong at root of unguis and pointing forward, 2 or 3 close to it, and remaining teeth at other end of groove and wide. Lower 7 to 9, subequally spaced and decreasing from base to apex of unguis. Groove well marked. Maxille.—As turriformis, but outer corner sharp. Length =c.,. 22% 316 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON Labium.—As turriformis, but base is very distinct, terminating in a short point well in front of sternum. Apex very slightly concave and scopula light. Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla; f slightly > tr, < ¢,, rather strongly curved; p slightly < tr, very slightly widening for ward. Ti a little longer and much stronger than patella, much wider apically and with strong pointed outer, lower, apical process. Fringe of long dark hairs on inner edge. Ta broader at base, cut off square at APEX, slightly longer than ti, hairy. Fovea occupies about %. A spine springs from outer base of organs and ‘passes round on inner edge of fovea, term1- nating with a slender forward point at about middle of apex. Text-figure 11. Myrmarachne gedongensis, sp. n., 3. a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. ec. Palpus. Legs.—4.1.3.2, with considerable differences. Ist. c longest, length = 23 breadth, parallel or very slightly tapering, light, slightly dark at base and sides. tr long, nearly $c f slightly clubbed at base, dark. p = 4 ti, 1 pair spines, light. ti, spines from 6 and 7 to 8 and 9, strong, and last 4 or 5 all terminating at end of joint, light. m, 2 spine pairs, of which Ist very long and both terminate about middle of ta, darker. tari, ame idark:, AN'T-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 317 2nd. ¢ very short and gibbous, dark. tr very short, light. f ae clubbed than f,, light with daik sides. p—ti, no spines. ti, 2 ov 4 spine pairs. m, 2 spine pairs, all spines are very strong for 2nd leg. ta < 4 ti, hght. 3rd. ¢ & tr ae ger than c, and tr,. f Cems ehabbed slightly. = iti. ti ice Pee tl, tar m. Ath. ¢ a little See, | but much < ¢, slightly tapering. | tr much longest, >c, j,, [st lorum parallel-sided and con- cave behind, slightly wider than 2nd. Below lorum is continued forward by a narrow projection towards sternum, but not te meet it. Sat —Ovate, thickest at middle, very slight con- striction at 4, which is marked by slight oblique aite. lines at sides. General colour brown-green. Below, central longitudinal wide lighter marking from epigastric fold to spinners, slightly constricted near front. Epigastrie fold procurved, with area in front yellow-brown and corneous. Spinners.—As biseratensis. Anus.—Distinctly protuberant, with two joints. SHort DESCRIPTION. 2 Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma = p,+t,. Caput > thorax. Groove and thorax moderate. Falces = cephalothorax, unguis > 4 paturon. Upper teeth 6 or 7, of which | very strong at root of unguisand 2 or 3 adjacent, remainder distantly spaced at other end. Lower teeth 7 to 9. Palpi.—Trochanter rather long, tibial process strong. Ta distinctly > ti. Fovea occupies more than half tarsus: organs have spine springing from onter base and passing round inner edge to peu ale in fine point in front. ‘Legs 4.1.3.2, considerable intervals. Spines of ti, from 6.7 318 MR, H. D, BADCOCK ON to 8.9, p, 1 pair, tr, 3 or 4 pairs. c, and tr, much larger than the others. Pedicel shortish, with long and narrow point reaching forward between cy,4 towards but not reaching sternum. Opisthosoma ovate, with faint attempt at constriction at + and slight white lateral markings thereat. Note.—Description is based on two males of lengths 5-9 and 7°0 mm. from Bukit Besar and Gedong. The following dimensions are from the 7:0 mm. specimen :— Prosoma 3:2. Opisthosoma 3:2. hhegs/ lee... e+til5, £2°9, p+ti34, m+tal9 = 97 ese o: LOh a eonl eb, Mie Os 3p = DO Se OBER Opel, sf eas 5) et Se ae Ae cio, slid SOL uemeten yor, ip Mees yf onOrere= 2 One of the specimens was accompanied by ant no. 6. Acorius Thor, . Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. 1877, p. 216; E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 537 (1901). 2. Agorius Gracitipes Thor. (Text-fig. 12.) Prosoma. Cephalothorax.—(a) Front truncated with very slightly recurved edge beyond front, of which eyes 1.1 project slightly and 2.2 less. Sides straight and very slightly approach- ing to % thorax, where they commence to approach more rapidly with slightly concave edge. Hind end broadly truncated, some- what concave. Hind end of caput is slightly indented and thoracic grooves indicated. Separation of thorax from caput clear, but groove not deep and no constriction at sides. Edge is rather dark at end and ends of sides of thorax, but does not appear as a distinct rim. General colour light reddish yellow except for black eye-frame on front and sides. (5) Eyes 1.1 project strongly like the buffers of a waggon, 2.2 the same slightly above and behind, clypeus is almost negligible and underhung, and these together form the front wall. Top of caput distinctly convex from eyes 2 to 4, and again over 4, being about ¥ as high as long. Dark eye-frame reaches only to about bottom of eyes 2.4 and is almost broken just in front of 4. Groove slopes at 45° from above 4, and is only about as deep as middle of 4. Thorax rises convexly to about 3 and falls concavely for last , end being slightly turned up but not really rimmed. Thorax as high as caput. (c) Clypeus very slight, smooth, procurved. Short grey hairs around eyes 1.1, and dark hairs longer on clypeus and above eyes. Top of caput flat or very slightly convex. Sides slope inwards very slightly and cdnvexly from below eye 2, which projects strongly and forms angle. ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 319 Eyes.—Clypeus concave, <4 eye 2. Ist row strongly recurved, top of 1 being level with mid 2. 2= 31, all Ist row in sub- contact. Hye-quadrangle broader than long and very slightly narrower behind. 4 < 2. 3 distinctly nearer 2 than 4 and slightly inside the upper 2.4 tangent. 2 are on attached fore ~ and aft projections. 4 project strongly outwards. Falces.— Almost concealed from above, nearly horizontal, length only a little > diameter eye 1. Moderately broad and rounded on top and side views. From below slightly tapering, with a few dark hairs in centre. Angle well rounded. Groove distinct. Ungues slope inwards. Upper teeth 1 large at angle, 1 small below. Lower, 1 large about mid-unguis, but slightly less than large upper. There appears to be a small tooth at end of paturon behind root of unguis. Scopula of long light hairs on outer margin. 7 Text-figure 12. L_=___. i} a ae Ss 7 wii at 4e NN SS Agorius gracilipes Thor., 2. a. Profile. 6. From above. ec. Sternum &c. d. First leg. e. Epigyne. Mazille.—Much shorter than Myrmarachne, < ¢,, rounded and expanded at end and slightly spreading. Serrula at outer edge and end; dark scopula at truncation, which is short and nearly transverse, a few hairs along outer edge. Labiwm.—Very short, broader than long. White edge with scanty dark scopula. Palpi.Spring from about half maxilla. Tr short, < width of maxilla, and 2nd division small; f a little > maxilla, slender, 320 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON cylindrical, straight or very slightly curved, with slight dusky shading at sides; p = 4f > tr, slightly wider at apex than base ; ti < p but much thicker and more hairy; ta > ti, joint between the two somewhat curved. p, ti, and ta all have hairy fringes on both sides, increasing from very slight at p to strong on ta; on back they are greenish. Ta and ti are slightly flattened, but not | nearly to the same extent as Wyrmarachne, and the joint between them is quite distinct. Legs.—4 = 1-3-2, but measurements not good and either 4 or 1 may be the longer. Ist. c length = 24 width = nearly width of sternum, light, cylindrical. tr = 14 ¢, cylindrical, a little darker. f long, clubbed at base, slender, darker, and very dark at one side below. p = sternum > f, slenderer, dark below, light at end; this extraordinarily long patella is the most characteristic feature of the genus. ti < p, with angle half way, after which it becomes stouter and bends outwards. 5 spine pairs beginning at angle, all are strong, lst reaches more than half way to apex, and remainder all end level with apex. m very short, < tr. 2 spine pairs, lst very strong, springing from middle and reaching well beyond 2nd, which springs from end and reaches to mid ta. Joint about as stout as end of ti. ta = 1} m, lighter and slighter. 2nd, ef << ¢.white: tr = 4¢, light, with black blotch at lower apex. f.very slightly if at all clubbed at base, the black of tr is carried up as a strong black line below or rather to the side of whole length of joint. p = #f, slightly curved and stouter at apex. ti = 2 p, slender. m= $ti; ta missing. 3rd. c a little shorter and stouter than c.. tac, f very slightly, if at all, clubbed at base, slightly clouded at sides. p, ti, m as 2, but slightly stouter. ta == Ml. 4th. ¢ very strong, slightly broader at base than apex, longer than c,, stouter than c.. ire cand > ir, Remaining joints as 3. All tarsi have claw-tufts and two pectinate claws. Sternum.—Shield-shaped, with expanded ears at front. c¢.1 are wide apart, springing from opposite the ears; ¢1.2 is broad, nearly = breadth c,, ¢,c, less, c,c, least, cy.4 in contact, sternum ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. SA terminating in a short point in front of them. The legs appear to spring from a separate chitinous plate lying between dorsal shield and sternum, and produced into a long socket to take ¢.. Prpicet.—Very short; it is just possible to see its point of entrance below dorsal concavity at top, but it cannot be seen at all from below. Opistnosoma.— Abdomen = 13 cephalothorax, subeylindrical, width = height = < 4 length. Rounded in front and behind, being slightly wider behind, shght constriction half way. On side view constriction at 3. Gr ound-colour greenish brown above formed by a light ground dark-lined, two small white blotches at constriction in a transverse line, followed by a large central white blotch. From the small blotches white lines slope downwards and backwards across the sides, getting wider as they proceed and connecting with white ground-colour which prevails below behind epigastric fold to spinners. Spiracular plates chitinous, yellow- brown, and so wide apart as to be hardly visible from below and noticeable from the side. Between them a strip of same colour, but I think not chitinous. Epigastric fold is strongly procurved, but not well marked. Hpigyne.—A small white semicircular pit edged with dark red and with a pair of dark markings forming ares of a semicircle outside. Not very marked, but clearer than in MWyrmarachne. Spinners.—As seen from below, spring from a very distinct half-socket, the edges of which, however, are not continued round. All spring from separate sockets inside the above and are 2- jointed, the basal joint being very long, the second very minute. Ist. Very slightly tapering, Ageare twice as long as broad, brown- yellow. 2nd. Equal length, lightest, slender est. 3rd. Dare as Ist at base, light as 2nd at apex, intermediate in stoutness but nearest 2nd, longest. Note.—The description is from a single Q found at Bukit Besar, 2500 ft. altitude, in cavity under the bark of a rotten sapling. The following are measurements :— Total length 7-0 mm. Prosoma ...... 2°7 long x 1:6 wide x 1:4 high. Omsihosoma,... 4°6 ,,. xX. 2°0' "4, “x 20 99 Legs lhe e+tr 14, f2°6, p2°8, t12°0, m+tal0 =9-8 "ae? ae e+tr+f 2-4, ptti 20), em eo eet xe e Deo a0, a Pe s(),, Sen Aas, e--tr 1d, -f 2°38; eee Os oO 2 a=98 The legs were damaged and impossible to measure with accuracy, so that either lor4 may be the longest. Ants accompanying, none. s ORBITO-l1EMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR, 323 24, The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull of Lemur. By F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Se., F.Z.S. [Received and Read November 20, 1917. ] (Text-figures 1-5.) INDEX. STRUCTURE and MoRPHOLOGY ............ pp. 323-329 The question of the structure of the orbito-temporal region of the Lemurs is one that has by now accumulated a very bulky literature ; and this fact is, in itself, almost a guarantee that some difficulty and uncertainty is attached to interpreting appearances which are open to ordinary inspection in the skulls of animals that are neither particularly minute nor particularly rare. The uncertainty is at once made apparent by a study of this literature ; for very different accounts are given of the elements which enter into the composition of this limited portion of the skull. But another factor may be detected, and this is a rather more subtle one than any mere difficulty in recognising ill-marked suture-lines. It is obvious that some have wished to see an ordering of the bones upon lines indicative of a Primate kinship, while some have neither looked for, nor expected, any indications of such affinity. The observations recorded here were made upon two full-term foetuses—the one of Lemur catta, and the other a hybrid between L. albifrons $ and L. melanocephala 2 , both born in the Gardens of this Society. Beyond the limits of these two representatives of the genus Lemur the present inquiry is not extended so far as the study of feetal material is concerned. The question that has been an outstanding one for now nearly a century is the presence or absence in the orbital wall of an “os planum” or “ planum orbitale” of the ethmoid bone. If we turn to a recent work (‘Morphology and Anthropology,’ by Dr. W. L. H. Duckworth, 1915), we find the following as a description of this region in Lemur :—‘* On the inner orbital wall, the frontal and maxillary bones join along a suture for a distance of about 5 mm., and thus widely separate the ethmoidal from the lachrymal bone” (p. 73). The condition here described depicts a phase only separated by degree from that prevailing in the Anthropoidea, and the description leads one to suppose that the lachrymal in the fore part of the orbit is separated from the os planum of the ethmoid in the hind part of the orbit by the meeting of the frontal and maxilla from above and below over the intervening interval of 5mm. The figure that accompanies this description lacks definition in some of its index lines; but apparently it bears out this diagnosis of the disposition of the elements. 324 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE By far the most critical and exhaustive account of this region is that contributed by C. I. Forsyth Major to the ‘ Proceedings’, of this Society on Feb. 19th and March 19th, 1901. Here the os planum of the ethmoid is described and figured in an extensive series of skulls of Lemuroidea. In his earlier paper (p. 131) the author's says -— ~“ Amongst the Malagasy Lemurs a fairly large os planum” (of the ethmoid) “is present in all the species of Microcebus. In the other genera the planum becomes fused with the palatal at a very early date. A distinct small os planum is often visible in young specimens of Hapalolemur, Chirogale, Lepidolemur, and Avahis, and sometimes in Lemur.” But in the later paper the statements concerning Lemur ave rather more extended, for at p. 258 the following statement occurs :—‘* The lateral part” (of the os planum of the ethmoid) ‘“‘ has become united with the palatal at a very early stage; a remnant of the suture with the latter bone is seen in the adult at its antero-medial extremity ; in exceptional cases, e. g.,1n Lemur catia and young specimens of Lepidolemur, the planum remains completely or almost completely distinct from the palatal.” - = 3 Ker aie vik i FESS Colts hts Method of feeding of the Long Water-Scorpion, Ranatra linearis. X 3. (a) Waiting for prey; (6) Seizing prey; (c) Piercing prey with the rostrum. Gryllotalpa vulgaris is fortunately rare in England. The burrows being formed regardless of obstacles do much damage in cultivated ground, and make it a serious pest wherever it occurs in great numbers. It is carnivorous, feeding mainly on worms. ‘There is no previous record of its having been exhibited in the Caird Insect House, but this year three specimens were sent in from different ON THE SPALTEHOLZ METHOD OF PREPARATION. i) sources for identification ; in two instances the senders spoke of their being in numbers when found. Phryganea grandiosa, the largest of our Caddis-flies, when in the larval state forms its case from segments of the hollow stems of aquatic plants, then protects each joint by adding a frill composed of leaf-lobes from the Hornwort. To do this the larva climbs a plant, and forces itself into the top whorl, head downwards: then, when the leaf- lobes close round it, cuts them off and glues each singly on the case, the loose ends pointing backwards. Mr. C. Tate Reaan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., described the present state of knowledge regarding the life-history of the Common Kel, illustrating his remarks with lantern-slides. November 6th, 1917. Dr. A. Smira Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Spalteholz Method of Preparation. Mr. R. H. Burne exhibited a Common Frog prepared by the method of Dr. Spalteholz, in which the highly elaborate saccus endolymphaticus of the internal ear was very clearly shown. The method of preparation in question was introduced in 1906 by Dr. Spalteholz of Leipzig, and was subsequently brought by him to very considerable perfection. Its aim is to render the tissues of an organ or even of an entire small animal trans- parent. The specimen is first thoroughly dehydrated and then fully permeated by a mixture of oils of refractive index as nearly as possible the same as that of the dehydrated tissue. It will be noticed that the method is quite similar to that employed by the microscopist in clearing sections or small objects for examination by transmitted light. Its success when applied to gross objects depends on the degree of accuracy with which the refractive index of the clearing agent is adjusted to that of the tissues to be rendered transparent. With a clearing agent accurately compounded the results are often very brilliant and of considerable value for research or museum purposes. ‘This is especially the case with complex organs or whole animals owing to the fact that different tissues have slightly different indices of refraction, so that in the finished preparation the whole object is not uniformly transparent, but the several parts appear in it as filmy shades of various opacity. te 336 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. The method is particularly useful in the study of cavities, such as the blood-vessels, which when filled with an opaque injection can be seen in their true relations down to the minutest detail. In the Frog exhibited the saccus endolymphaticus, owing to the fact that it is packed with calcium carbonate (otoconia), remaius opaque, in the same way as an injection, though the rest of the body has been made transparent. Thus it stands out from its surroundings sharp and black when viewed by.transmitted light, or brilliantly white if seen against a dark background by reflected light. It is interesting to recall in connection with this comparatively new method of preparation that the older Anatomists were in the habit of using a method very similar both in principle and practise to obtain transparency for the study of the blood-vessels, centres of ossification and similar structures. Many of John Hunter’s preparations were “dried and preserved in oil of tur- pentine,” and even after more than 100 years show results, rougher no doubt, but still worthy to be compared with those obtained by Dr. Spalteholz. Prof. F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S., exhibited a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium, and called attention to the fact that specimens preserved by the spirit method differed not only in size but in surface details from those prepared by more perfect formalin methods, and commented on the necessity of revising much descriptive work on the anatomy of mammalian brains from the better material that was now available. ——————_——— The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a set of lantern-slides prepared from photographs of mammals taken by Mr. Seth-Smith in the Society’s Gardens. November 20th, 1917. KE. G. B. Meape-Waxpo, Esq.,: Vice-President, in the Chair. The SrcreTary read the following Report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 1917 :-— The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October were 118 in number. Of these 36 were acquired by presentation, 77 were received on deposit, 3 received in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS. 337 The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 125. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed toe 1 Humboldt’s Woolly Monkey (Lagothrix humboldti), from Maniaos, presented by Miss Stella Wickham on October Ist. 3 Coypus (Myocastor coypus), from 8. America, presented by Sir Edmund Loder, Bt., V.P.Z.S., on October 12th. 2 White-necked Cranes (Pseudogeranus leucauchen), bred in Northamptonshire, received in exchange on October 5th. The Horns of a Castrated Bushbuck and the Antler-growth in Pére David's Deer. . R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex- tee — 1. The head of a castrated Bushbuck (Tragelaphus) to show the effects of the operation on the horns. The horns differed from those of a normal Bushbuck in being slender, subcylindrical, untwisted, unkeeled, with a backward curvature like that of the horns of a Goral (W. emorhedus) or Serow (Capricoriis). The Bushbuck had lived several years in the Zoological Gardens at Clifton, and the head was lent for exhibition by Mr. Edward Gerrard. 2, Three successive pairs of antlers of a fully adult Pére David’s Deer (Hlaphurus), showing progressive increase in length. The first pair shed on Feb. 5th, 1916, measured 15 inches; the second pair shed ca Oct. 22nd, 1916, 25 inches; and the third pair, unshed at the time of the stag’s death, 40 inches. Parturition iv Marsupials and Hxaternal Characters of New-born Young. Prof. J. P. Hitz, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., gave an account of the new-born Marsupial and its mode of parturition. Lantern-sldes of the recently born young belonging to species of the genera Perameles, Dasyurus, Didelphys, Trichosurus, and Phascolarctos were exhibited, and their chief external features described. Attention was directed to the fact that, whilst the new-born young in the different genera all exhibit similar adaptive modifications (small size, anterior half of body much in advance of posterior in degree of development, fore-limbs strongly developed and provided with recurved claws, sucking mouth, presence of thick epitrichial layer, covering eye. and ear-pinne, &c.), there are recognisable structural and developmental differences between them—e. g., the new-born Dasyurus is characterised by the presence of a curious swelling in the neck-region and by the absence of any indication Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No. XXIV. 24 338 ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS., of the digits of the foot. The early initiation of the lip-fusion, leading to the establishment of the sucking mouth, was demon- strated in a series of embryos of Z'richosurus, and an interesting comparison was instituted between the recently hatched young of Ornithorhynchus and the new-born Marsupial. The remarkable and unique mode of parturition which occurs in certain Marsupials was explained and illustrated by a series of micro-photographs. It was shown that in Perameles, Dasyurus, and 7'richosurus the young reach the exterior, not through one or other of the lateral vaginal canals, but by way of a direct median passage, constituted in front by the epithelially lined median vagina and behind by a cleft-like ‘ pseudo-vaginal passage,” actually formed at the time of parturition as a tear in the connective tissue situated behind the median, and between the lateral vagine. The occurrence of the same mode of parturition was demonstrated for Phascolarctos (the fact being recorded here for the first time), and lantern-slides were shown indicating that the same mode of birth also holds good for the Gamba (Didelphys aurita). The bearing of these facts on the patent condition of the median vagina in certain Macropods was briefly discussed. INDEX. 1917.—Pages 217-338. | New names in clarendon type. ; eae Systematic references in italics. (z.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie.] Acidalia sagittilinea, 243. Adisura atcinsoni, 236. Agorius gracilipes (Fig. 12), 318. Altha lacides, 246. Ammotragus lervia (z. 8. L.), 832. Amyciea forticeps (Fig. 2), 28+. Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, sp. m. (Pld. fig. 2), 247. — gracilis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 1), 248, pectinifera, 247. simplella, 247. Anoa depressicornis (z. 8. L.), 382. Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus (2. 8. L.); 332. Anthela nigristigma, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 28), 248. Apluda incinata, 245. ARACHNIDA : Thomisidee Malaya: systematic, 277. Areomolis nigripuncta, sp. n. (PVT fie. 6), 206. Arbelodes tetrasticta, 246. Automolis ignivena, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7), 266. echrecgaster, sp. n. fie. 8), 267. ochreomarginata, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9), 267. and Salticidse from (Pik Bagostomus trichodactylus (z. 8. L.), 331. Bithra aganice, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11), 235. Boa diviniloqua (z. s. u.), 332. Brevipecten icarus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fiz. 24), 240. Casama vilis, 241. Catagramma cynosura : (Pld. fie, 3). 275. Catasticta flisa tambcensis, subsp. n., 260, — lathyi, sp. n., 261. —— nimbice peruviana, subsp. n., 261. —philone nimbata, subsp. n., 260. Cathartes atratus (z. s.L.), 331. Charaxes maudei, sp. n., 271. smaragdalis orientalis, subsp. n., 272, Chloridia obsoleta, 236. Chunga burmeisteri (z, 8. L.), 301. Cissolopha yucatanica (z, s. L.), 3833. Cladocerotis ceneus, sp. n. (PI. I. fiz. 12), 236. aberration | s a s s . Ceeliccia campioni, sp. n. (Figs. 3, 4), 224. flavostriata, sp. n. (Figs. 1, ~), 223. macrostigma, sp. n. (igs. 5, 6), 225. . membranipes race nemoricola, 280. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XXV. 25 Xi Coeliccia nigrohamata, sp. n. (Figs. We 48), 228: octogesima, 231. sp. (ig. 9); 229. Conepatus proteus (z. 8. L.), 331. Connocheetes albojubatus (2. 8. L.), 332. Corallus cookii (z. s. u.), 332. Cortyta griseacea, Boos minyas, 239. Cosuma marginata, 245. rugosa, 245. Crotalus terrificus (2. 8. L.), 332. Clenusa rectilinca, 239. Cynisca, gen. n., 240. —— thisbe, sp. n. 240. (BY alpetia: Duomitus pindarus, 246. Dysodia intermedia, 247. Ematheudes lentistrigalis, 248. Epicrates cenchris (4. 8. 4.), 331. Epidius longipalpis (Fig. 3), 285. istigmene lemniscata, 239. 235. wh linea, tenuistrigata, 230. Ernonoey. Insecta: Lepidoptera, 253; Exhibits from the Caird Insect House, 333. Eunectes murinus (4. 8. b.), 831, 333. Euproctis rubricosta, sp. n. (PI. 1. fig. 7), 242. Eurranthis pennigeraria, 243. Eurythecodes flavedinaria, 244. Felis pardalis (2. 8. 1.), 332. pardinoides (z. 8. 1.), 352, serval (z. 8. L.), 332. Gavara velutina, 246. GEOGRAPHICAL: Aracuyipa: Thomiside and Salti- cide from Malaya, 277. Insecta: Heterccera from B. Hh. Africa, 233; Rhopalocera from South America, 259 ; Arctiide from South America, 265; New Butter- | flies from Africa and the East, 271. INDEX. Giautra arethusa, fig. 14), 238. Glaucostola maroniensis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 10), 268. Gorgon taurinus (z. s. L.), 832. Grison furax (z. 8. L.), 331. Gryllotalpa vulgaris : exhibited, 333. sp. a, CRIA. g ‘ Halcyon smyrnensis (z. s. L.), 333. Hleterocrita metis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 30), 244. Heterogomphus sumatranus, 232. Heteronygmia aurelia, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 16), 242. Fonorana erebaria, 243. Hylemera lepta, sp. n. fig. 29), 243. Fypene jussalis, 241. 21, UE. strigata, 241. : Idalus flavithorax, sp. n. (PI. I. fiz, 4), 265. InsEcra. On Bornean Dragonflies: structure, systematic, 223; Heterocera from B.E. Africa: systematic, 233; Lepi- doptera: concealment by apparent disruption of surface, 253; Rhopa- locera from South America: syste- matic, 259; Arctiude from South America: systematic, 265; New Butterflies from Africa and the East: systematic, 271;- a Gynan- dromorph of Papilio lycophron : systematic, 273; Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera: systematic, 275; Exhibits from tire Caird Insect House, 308. Lachesis lanceolatus (z. s. L.), 332. Lacipa albuia, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8), 242, Lagothrix humboldti (z. 8. u.), 3387, Laphygma exempta, 273. Lemur: structure of skull (Figs. 1-5), 323. Leocyma candace, 289. Leodonta zenobia menticola, subsp. n., 260. “INDEX. Mabuia trivittata (z. s. L.), 332. MaAmMALIA. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal: structure, 251; Orbito-temporal region of skull of Lemur: struc- ture, 323; The Spalteholz Method of Preparation, 335; Parturition in Marsupials and External Cha- racters of New-born Young, 337 ; Horns of a castrated Bushbuck, and the Antler-growth in Pére David's Deer, 337; Photographs of Mam- mals, 336; Exhibition of preserved brains, 336. IWelese flavescens, sp. n. fig 11), 268. Microloxia ruficornis, 2438, Morprronocy. (Pl. T. See STRUCTURE, Myocastor coypus (z. 8. L.), 833, 337. Myrmarachne albicrurata, sp. n. (Fig. 9), 306. —_— biseratensig, sp. n. (Fig. 10), 312. —— cornuta, sp. n. (Fig. 5), 291. —— cuneata, sp. n. (Fig. 7), 300. —— gedongensis, sp. n. (Fig. 11), 3165. —— lateralis, sp. n. (Fig. 9), 310. macillosa (Fig. 4), 287. —— ramosa, sp. n. (Fig. 8), 303. —— turriformis, sp. n. (Fig. 6), 296. Neonerita metaphcenica, gp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 5), 265. Neritos purpureotincta, sp. n. CPi fig. .13); 269. Nyctipao acuta, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 26), 249. Odontestra avitta, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 15), 236. Ophacus ochracea, sp. n. fig 12), 269. Oxyrhopus cleelia (z. 8. L ), 832. Ozarba abscissa, 239. sinud, 239. (Pl. I. subterminalis, 238. —— yaria, 238. xii Papilio erlaces chinchipensis, subsp, n., 259. -harmodius tabaconas, subsp. n., 260. —— illyris hamatus, subsp. n., 271. iphidamas ayabacensis, subsp. n., 259. —— lycophron: gynandromorph of, 273. - neophilus parianus: aberration, . bo 1s —— polydorus ulawaensis, subsp. or aberr. n., 272. Parastichtis lysis, sp. n. fig. 25), 238. cxylus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 22), 237... ik Perigea capensis, 287, Philosamia cynthia: aberration, 275. Phryganea grandiosa: exhibited, 323. PISCES : Scyllium canieula: structure, 217 ; Life-history of the Common Eel, 335, Plecoptera polynuvia, 239. Plecopterodes moderata, 239. Plestosaurus, 221. Polygrapha cyanea, Q (Pl. I. fig. 263, Porosagrotis caffra, 236. Pseudogeranus Jeucauchen (4. 8. L.), 337. Pteronycta cervicornis, sp. n. CBD figs 21), 240: Python spilotes (z. 8, u.), 332. 9 ) al Ranatra linearis: exhibited, 333. Repvinia: Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia: systematic, 221. Rhodesana mintha, sp. n. (PI. I. fig, 19), 221. Rhodoneura bryaxis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 9), 246. Salticus modestus, 287. Seyllium, hermaphroditism in, 218, Stenagrion dubium (Fig. 10), 261. Sirigoplus albostriatus (Hig. 1), 280. X1V STRUCTURE, Mammatta: Orbito-temporal region of skull of Lemur, 323; Effect of Captivity on the Cranial form of the Lion, 333; Horns of a cas- trated Bushbuck, and the Antler- growth in Pére David’s Deer, 337. Insecta: Prothorax of Ceeliccia sp., Q , 229; Lepidoptera (concealment by amparent disruption of surface), D3. Struthio camelus (z. s. L.), 331. Surattha rufistrigalis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 3), 247. Synemosina procera, 287. Syntomis polyxo, sp. n. fig. 10), 234. (Pl. I. Taurotragus oryx (z. s. L.), 331. Teinobasis superba, 231. Teracotona subterminata, 235. Thosea chloris, sp. a. (Pl. I. fig. 5), 245. ganale, 244. —— perseis, sp. n. 244. (Pl. I. fig. 4), INDEX. Thosea undosa, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 6), 244, Toxeus maxillosus, 287. procerus, 287. Trimetepia etheraria, 243. VARIATION, Manmatta: Deformity of Os penis in a Seal, 251; Effect of Captivity on the Crauial form of the Lion, 333; Parturition in Marsupials and ex- characters of new-born young, 337; Horns of a castrated Bushbuck, and the Antler-growth in Pere David’s Deer, 337; Exhi- bition of preserved brains, 336. Insecta: A Gynandromorph of Pa- pilio lycophron, 273; Three Aber- rations of Lepidoptera, 275. Piscus: Hermaphroditism in Seyllium eanicula, 217, Vila eueidiformis, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1a), 261. ternal Xylopteryx arcuata, 248. | Zonurus polyzonus (Zz. 8, t.), 332. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, || | GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS — PROCEEDINGS OF THE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON 1917. PART: I. CONTAINING Paces ] to 103, witH 1 PLatE AND 57 TExtT-FIGURES. MARCH 1917. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW, [Price Twelve Shillings. | LIST OF CONTENTS. 1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103). EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. Page The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November and December, 1916... 4.00. cc ede os ose oreo ou be weve beeen ge ee meee Mr. EpwArp Gurrarp. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Thrush and LACK DIL sie a's og bib les a etaln me MRE a ane Fane Oa Sree gta ¢ 60 ie Gina eee 99 The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January, LOU? 0 ka. eS ects wiekt 0 oot ale > Uiatai eo mia cee My. D. Srern-Saitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the Trachea from a male ANSEL OWUS SCHUPPOLMOLE “Cars. oy tet eee bk oe oe ee eee ihe nee PPAR a 32 Mr. C, J.C. Poot. Notes from the Caird Insect House ...........c0c 00x00 IPP ree Ss Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition illustrated by lantern-slides of the work of the Beavers in the Scciety’s Gardens, (Text-figure 1.) 100 Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. PAPERS. Page aS 1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Arch@opteryx. By Brantstav PetronteEvics, Ph.D., and Axrrnur Suirn Woonwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., SERUM re 8 en Phy gos See eo 45 0s wis o's 4 Op euitte 0 spe'Wa sob lees rene eek 2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By Axruvr DE CARLB SoWERBY, F-.Z.8. 1.6. cece cease ee cee eee SEALE 7 3. Report on the Deaths which cecurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. Purmimer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the a a of Science and Technology, London, and Patholoeist to the Society os. ieee ees oT 4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts cf the Palemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapairz, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.’ (Text-figures 1-51.) .... 37 5. On the Scolex in the Cestcde Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. By Frank H, Bepparp, M.A., D.&c., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.) eesee ae ®t eo & 2 6, 1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissida found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhynchus Illigey. By C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator Caird Insect House ........ce cc cct eevee eee es -83 LIST OF; PLAIEs, 1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103). Page Purronravics & WoopwarpD: Pl. 1. Arch@opteryx 1... -ceescssvevese 1 NOTICE. The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively, so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1917, p.... The Distribution is usually as follows :— Part I. issued in March, PP ieyty bo ce Son June. pth 6) 3 aia September, Pees ta. bb oceelas December. ‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part IV. (pp. 553-756), were published ou December 15th, 1916. The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 163-165, are contained in this Part. aati aiiaioae PROCEEDINGS OF THE | GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1917. PART II. _ CONTAINING Paces 105 to 215, witH 5 PLaTEs AND 20 'l'EXT-FIGURES. JULY 191%. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CQ.,, PATERNOSTER ROW. Ric. an [Price Twelve Shillings. ] LIST OF CONTENTS. 1917, Parr II. (pp. 105-215). EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. Page The Secrurary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of Hebruary, TOUT. i. «sways cass btera es Slee wm ee ata oc en Ieee ee i eee 209 Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East Africa.... 209 Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the “ Death-Watch” Beetle ...... 209 — Mr. C. Davies Suzrzorn, ¥.Z.8. Exhibition of an autograph of Captain Bligh of ‘The Bounty? sa ca cece eee ence winieiesen 9. eee! ais et ule mie aft ale Whe olsen et rr 210 Mr. C. Tats Ragan, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon .......... 210 Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of and remarks upon Big-Game Shooting tin India‘)... osc. oe geese se Wale wate Kt asia alas ett an ee rr 210 The Szcreraky. Report on the Additions to the Society’s ae during the month of March, 1917.6. cv eetea cose a gee re beds pe one vo 9 oieiual igi